1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
48 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
49 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
51 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
53 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
54 \use_default_options false
55 \maintain_unincluded_children false
57 \language_package default
62 \font_typewriter default
63 \font_default_family default
64 \use_non_tex_fonts false
71 \default_output_format default
73 \bibtex_command default
74 \index_command default
78 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
79 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
83 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
84 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
85 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
90 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
91 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
101 \paperorientation portrait
104 \notefontcolor #0000ff
121 \paragraph_separation indent
122 \paragraph_indentation default
123 \quotes_language english
126 \paperpagestyle default
127 \tracking_changes true
128 \output_changes false
132 \author -712698321 "Jürgen Spitzmüller"
134 \author 1607599024 "Richard Heck" rgheck@comcast.net
148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
150 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
152 \begin_inset CommandInset href
154 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
165 \begin_inset Newline newline
169 \begin_inset Newline newline
173 \begin_inset Note Note
176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
177 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
178 \begin_inset Newline newline
183 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
191 \begin_layout Standard
192 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
193 LatexCommand tableofcontents
200 \begin_layout Chapter
204 \begin_layout Section
208 \begin_layout Standard
209 LyX is a document preparation system.
210 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
211 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
212 It is unlike most other
213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
220 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
222 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
238 pt type, left justified, 5
239 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
247 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
251 \begin_layout Standard
252 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
265 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
269 \begin_layout Standard
271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
282 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
283 the format of all of the manuals.
284 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
285 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
302 \begin_layout Section
306 \begin_layout Standard
307 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
309 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
310 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
314 \begin_layout Standard
315 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
316 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
317 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
319 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
320 only a vertical scrollbar.
321 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
322 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
323 This, however, is due
324 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
325 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
326 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
327 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
329 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
330 this doesn't work for equations yet.
333 \begin_layout Standard
334 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
342 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
347 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
348 ing sections of this documentation.
351 \begin_layout Section
355 \begin_layout Standard
356 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
361 of the manuals from inside LyX.
362 Just select the manual you want read from the
369 \begin_layout Section
371 \begin_inset CommandInset label
373 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
380 \begin_layout Standard
381 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
382 without resorting to configuration files.
383 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
384 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
385 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
390 \begin_inset Index idx
393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
400 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
401 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
402 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
406 \begin_inset space \space{}
409 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
410 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
412 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
416 \begin_inset Index idx
419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
420 Reconfiguration of LyX
425 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
428 \begin_layout Section
430 \begin_inset CommandInset label
432 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
439 \begin_layout Standard
440 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
441 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
443 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
444 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
448 \begin_layout Standard
449 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
451 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
452 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
455 \begin_layout Standard
456 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
457 you can view from the menu
459 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
478 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
479 reconfigure LyX (menu
481 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
485 \begin_inset Note Note
488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
489 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
497 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
498 More about TeX Code is described in section
503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
505 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
509 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
516 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
526 \begin_inset Index idx
529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
530 Reconfiguration of LyX
535 See section 5.1 of the
539 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
542 \begin_layout Chapter
546 \begin_layout Section
547 Basic File Operations
548 \begin_inset Index idx
551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
560 \begin_layout Standard
565 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
566 in addition to some more advanced operations:
569 \begin_layout Itemize
581 \begin_layout Itemize
599 \begin_layout Itemize
611 \begin_layout Itemize
617 \begin_layout Itemize
629 \begin_layout Itemize
639 \begin_layout Itemize
653 \begin_layout Itemize
663 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 arg "dialog-show print"
687 \begin_layout Itemize
693 \begin_layout Standard
694 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
695 a few minor differences.
698 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
713 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
714 you for a template to use.
715 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
716 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
717 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
725 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
732 \begin_layout Standard
733 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
765 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
766 space is just that — a big, blank space.
774 \begin_layout Standard
795 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
800 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
825 will reload the document from disk.
826 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
827 and want to restore it to the last save.
836 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
837 can identify them as your changes.
840 \begin_layout Section
841 Basic Editing Features
842 \begin_inset Index idx
845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
854 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
861 \begin_layout Standard
862 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
863 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
864 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
865 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
867 We'll start with cut and paste.
870 \begin_layout Standard
871 As you might expect, the
875 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
876 various other editing features.
877 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
881 \begin_layout Itemize
895 \begin_layout Itemize
909 \begin_layout Itemize
923 \begin_layout Itemize
933 \begin_layout Itemize
943 \begin_layout Itemize
959 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
965 \begin_layout Standard
966 The first three are self-explanatory.
967 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
968 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
977 keys also function as the
982 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
983 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
988 to get back the lost text.
991 \begin_layout Standard
992 \begin_inset Index idx
995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1001 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1005 \begin_inset space ~
1010 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1013 \begin_layout Standard
1016 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1018 \begin_inset space ~
1021 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1023 \begin_inset space ~
1027 \begin_inset space ~
1032 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1038 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1042 \begin_inset space ~
1047 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1048 will start a new paragraph.
1051 \begin_layout Standard
1052 \begin_inset Index idx
1055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1062 \begin_inset Index idx
1065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1073 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1075 \begin_inset space ~
1079 \begin_inset space ~
1087 \begin_inset space ~
1091 \begin_inset space ~
1097 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1102 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1105 \begin_inset space ~
1114 \begin_inset space ~
1119 button to skip the current word.
1123 \begin_inset space ~
1128 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1132 \begin_inset space ~
1137 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1139 If the toggle is set, searching for
1140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1151 will not match the word
1152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1166 Match whole words only
1168 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1197 LyX offers also an advanced
1200 \begin_inset space ~
1204 \begin_inset space ~
1209 feature that is described in sec.
1210 \begin_inset space ~
1214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1216 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1223 \begin_layout Standard
1224 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1225 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1227 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1232 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1239 \begin_layout Section
1241 \begin_inset Index idx
1244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1251 \begin_inset Index idx
1254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1261 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1263 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1270 \begin_layout Standard
1271 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1272 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1275 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1278 or the toolbar button
1284 to undo some mistake.
1285 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1287 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1290 or the toolbar button
1297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1304 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1305 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1308 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1311 \begin_layout Standard
1312 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1321 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1322 This is a consequence of the 100
1323 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1326 step undo limit, above.
1329 \begin_layout Standard
1338 work on almost everything in LyX.
1339 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1343 \begin_layout Section
1345 \begin_inset Index idx
1348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1357 \begin_layout Standard
1358 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1361 \begin_layout Enumerate
1366 \begin_layout Itemize
1371 once anywhere in the edit window.
1372 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1376 \begin_layout Enumerate
1381 \begin_layout Itemize
1387 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1390 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1393 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1396 \begin_layout Itemize
1397 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1399 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1406 \begin_layout Enumerate
1407 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1411 \begin_layout Standard
1412 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1413 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1417 \begin_layout Enumerate
1422 \begin_layout Standard
1427 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1432 \begin_layout Section
1434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1436 name "sec:Navigating"
1441 \begin_inset Index idx
1444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1453 \begin_layout Standard
1454 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1457 \begin_layout Itemize
1462 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1463 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1466 \begin_layout Itemize
1469 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1472 or the toolbar button
1475 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1481 \begin_layout Standard
1482 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1483 (TOC) that is described in section
1484 \begin_inset space ~
1488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1490 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1495 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1496 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1497 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1498 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1499 to the document, see section
1500 \begin_inset space ~
1504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1506 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1515 option sorts the current list, and the
1519 option keeps it in the current view state.
1520 Keeping means that when you have e.
1521 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1525 \begin_inset space \space{}
1528 the subsections of section
1529 \begin_inset space ~
1532 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1533 \begin_inset space ~
1536 3, the subsections of section
1537 \begin_inset space ~
1540 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1545 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1546 \begin_inset space ~
1552 \begin_layout Standard
1554 \begin_inset space \space{}
1558 \begin_inset Graphics
1559 filename ../images/down.png
1561 groupId toolbarbuttons
1566 \begin_inset space ~
1570 \begin_inset space \space{}
1574 \begin_inset Graphics
1575 filename ../images/up.png
1577 groupId toolbarbuttons
1582 \begin_inset space ~
1585 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1587 So you can for example move section
1588 \begin_inset space ~
1592 \begin_inset space ~
1596 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1598 \begin_inset Graphics
1599 filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/promote.png
1601 groupId toolbarbuttons
1606 \begin_inset Graphics
1607 filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/demote.png
1609 groupId toolbarbuttons
1613 or the corresponding key bindings
1621 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1622 So you can for example make section
1623 \begin_inset space ~
1627 \begin_inset space ~
1631 \begin_inset space ~
1637 \begin_layout Standard
1641 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1644 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1645 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1646 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1647 go back to your last editing position.
1650 \begin_layout Section
1651 Input / Word Completion
1652 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1654 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1659 \begin_inset Index idx
1662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1669 \begin_inset Index idx
1672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1703 \begin_layout Standard
1704 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1706 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1707 is used to propose completions.
1710 \begin_layout Standard
1711 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1712 there are completions available.
1713 You can then press the
1717 key to use this completion.
1718 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1719 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1720 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1727 \begin_layout Standard
1728 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1730 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1733 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1735 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1738 by deselecting the option
1745 Automatic inline completion
1747 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1748 To accept this proposal, use the
1757 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1758 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1760 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1766 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1773 \begin_layout Section
1775 \begin_inset Index idx
1778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1785 \begin_inset Index idx
1788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1817 \begin_inset Index idx
1820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1851 \begin_layout Standard
1852 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1853 LyX's default is CUA.
1856 \begin_layout Standard
1860 \begin_inset space ~
1868 \begin_inset space ~
1889 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1893 \begin_layout Labeling
1894 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1898 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1899 LatexCommand nomenclature
1901 description "Tabulator key"
1907 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1908 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1909 \begin_inset space ~
1913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1915 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1922 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1926 , especially section
1927 \begin_inset space ~
1931 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1933 reference "sub:Lists"
1939 If you're still confused, look in the
1946 \begin_layout Labeling
1947 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1951 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1952 LatexCommand nomenclature
1954 description "Escape key"
1961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1968 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1969 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1972 \begin_layout Labeling
1973 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1979 \begin_inset space ~
1983 \begin_inset space ~
1990 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1991 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1995 \begin_layout Standard
1996 There are three modifier keys:
1999 \begin_layout Labeling
2000 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2018 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2019 LatexCommand nomenclature
2021 description "Control key"
2025 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2026 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2030 \begin_layout Itemize
2039 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2042 \begin_layout Itemize
2051 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2054 \begin_layout Itemize
2063 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2067 \begin_layout Labeling
2068 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2086 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2087 LatexCommand nomenclature
2089 description "Shift key"
2093 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2094 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2097 \begin_layout Labeling
2098 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2116 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2117 LatexCommand nomenclature
2119 description "Alt or Meta key"
2123 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2124 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2125 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2131 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2133 menu accelerator keys
2136 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2137 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2141 \begin_layout Standard
2142 For example, the sequence
2143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2149 \begin_inset space ~
2153 \begin_inset space ~
2159 \begin_inset space ~
2167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2186 \begin_inset space ~
2192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2202 \begin_layout Standard
2207 manual lists all other things bound to the
2215 \begin_layout Standard
2216 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2217 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2218 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2219 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2220 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2221 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2222 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2223 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2239 followed by a capital
2246 \begin_layout Standard
2247 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2249 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2254 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2257 as explained in sec.
2258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2264 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2271 \begin_layout Chapter
2273 \begin_inset Index idx
2276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2285 \begin_layout Section
2287 \begin_inset Index idx
2290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2299 \begin_layout Subsection
2303 \begin_layout Standard
2304 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2305 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2306 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2307 numbering schemes, and so on.
2308 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2309 and format the title of your document differently.
2312 \begin_layout Standard
2317 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2318 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2319 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2320 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2321 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2324 \begin_layout Standard
2325 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2326 how to adjust their properties.
2329 \begin_layout Subsection
2331 \begin_inset Index idx
2334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2341 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2343 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2350 \begin_layout Standard
2351 You can select a class using the
2353 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2354 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2358 \begin_inset Index idx
2361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2368 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2372 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2376 \begin_layout Standard
2377 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2381 \begin_layout Description
2382 Article for basic articles
2385 \begin_layout Description
2386 Report for basic reports
2389 \begin_layout Description
2390 Book for writing a book
2393 \begin_layout Description
2394 Letter for US-style letters
2397 \begin_layout Standard
2398 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2399 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2400 will include many of these.
2401 Here are some of the classes.
2402 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2404 Special Document Classes
2413 \begin_layout Description
2414 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2417 \begin_layout Description
2418 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2422 \begin_layout Description
2423 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2427 \begin_layout Description
2428 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2429 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2430 There are three article layouts available.
2431 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2432 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2433 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2434 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2439 sequential numbering
2440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2443 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2444 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2445 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2446 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2449 \begin_layout Description
2450 Beamer Layout for presentations
2453 \begin_layout Description
2454 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2455 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2459 \begin_layout Description
2460 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2463 \begin_layout Description
2465 \begin_inset space ~
2468 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2471 \begin_layout Description
2472 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2475 \begin_layout Description
2476 Foils Used to make transparencies
2479 \begin_layout Description
2480 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2481 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2485 \begin_layout Description
2486 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2487 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2490 \begin_layout Description
2491 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2494 \begin_layout Description
2495 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2498 \begin_layout Description
2499 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2500 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2501 (Is used by this document.)
2504 \begin_layout Description
2505 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2508 \begin_layout Description
2509 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2512 \begin_layout Description
2517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2524 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2525 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2527 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2530 \begin_layout Description
2531 Slides Used to make transparencies
2534 \begin_layout Description
2536 \begin_inset space ~
2539 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2540 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2543 \begin_layout Description
2544 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2547 \begin_layout Standard
2548 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2550 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2556 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2557 of the document classes.
2560 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2564 \begin_layout Standard
2566 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953623
2567 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact
2568 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953628
2569 You will probably find
2571 that many of the document classes listed under
2573 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2574 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2576 \begin_inset Index idx
2579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2597 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953653
2598 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will
2599 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953655
2600 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2601 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2605 \begin_inset space ~
2614 receive a warning saying that
2615 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953700
2616 there are files that are required to produce output that are not installed.
2618 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953702
2619 the document requires files that are not installed to produce output.
2623 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953709
2627 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953710
2630 that something is wrong.
2633 \begin_layout Standard
2635 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953717
2637 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953719
2641 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2642 and some of them, like
2646 , are highly specialized.
2648 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953729
2651 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible, and
2652 it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing number.
2653 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2654 by some document class.
2655 There are just too many of them.
2656 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2659 \begin_layout Standard
2660 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2668 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2669 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2670 document class for a new file.
2671 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2676 Installing new LaTeX files
2677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2684 manual for information on how to install them.
2685 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2691 \begin_layout Standard
2692 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2693 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2695 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2696 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2697 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2699 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2702 \begin_inset space ~
2709 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2712 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2714 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2721 \begin_inset Index idx
2724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2733 \begin_layout Standard
2734 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2735 chosen document class.
2736 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2737 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2744 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2748 \begin_inset Index idx
2751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2758 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2762 \begin_layout Standard
2763 Some modules require LaTeX packages
2764 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953807
2765 or file format converters
2767 that are not always installed by default.
2768 LyX will warn you if you do not have
2769 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953817
2771 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953818
2775 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953887
2776 or converter, and it will tell you what exactly you are missing
2779 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2780 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2781 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing
2782 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953839
2784 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953843
2788 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2790 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953855
2792 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953855
2795 and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2797 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2801 \begin_inset Index idx
2804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2805 Reconfiguration of LyX
2811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2814 Installing new LaTeX files
2815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2822 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2825 \begin_layout Standard
2826 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2834 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2835 LyX will advise you about these things.
2843 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2847 \begin_layout Standard
2848 Each class has a default set of options.
2849 Here's a quick table describing them:
2852 \begin_layout Standard
2853 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2859 \begin_layout Standard
2861 \begin_inset Tabular
2862 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2863 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2864 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2865 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2866 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2867 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2868 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3322 \begin_layout Standard
3323 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3329 \begin_layout Standard
3330 You're probably also wondering what
3331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3335 \begin_inset space ~
3339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3343 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3344 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3349 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3354 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3364 headings, there are also
3372 headings, and so on.
3373 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3374 \begin_inset space ~
3378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3380 reference "sub:Headings"
3387 \begin_layout Subsection
3389 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3391 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3396 \begin_inset Index idx
3399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3408 \begin_inset Index idx
3411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3420 \begin_layout Standard
3421 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3423 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3434 \begin_inset space ~
3439 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3441 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3442 to use for your document.
3443 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3447 \begin_layout Standard
3454 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3460 \begin_inset space ~
3465 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3466 You can choose between the following five options:
3469 \begin_layout Labeling
3470 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3475 Use default page style of current class.
3478 \begin_layout Labeling
3479 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3484 No page numbers or headings.
3487 \begin_layout Labeling
3488 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3496 \begin_layout Labeling
3497 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3502 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3503 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3504 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3507 \begin_layout Labeling
3508 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3513 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3519 \begin_inset Index idx
3522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3523 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3529 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3530 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3532 Check the documentation for the
3536 package for more details,
3537 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3546 \begin_layout Standard
3551 of paragraphs is described in section
3552 \begin_inset space ~
3556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3558 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3565 \begin_layout Subsection
3566 Paper Size and Orientation
3567 \begin_inset Index idx
3570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3571 Document ! Paper size
3577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3579 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3586 \begin_layout Standard
3587 You'll find the following options in the menu
3590 \begin_inset space ~
3595 of the dialog of the
3597 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3603 \begin_inset Index idx
3606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3615 \begin_layout Labeling
3616 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3620 \begin_inset space ~
3625 What size paper to print on.
3629 \begin_layout Itemize
3635 \begin_layout Itemize
3645 \begin_layout Itemize
3651 \begin_layout Itemize
3657 \begin_layout Itemize
3663 \begin_layout Itemize
3669 \begin_layout Itemize
3675 \begin_layout Labeling
3676 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3681 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3692 \begin_layout Labeling
3693 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3697 \begin_inset space ~
3702 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3703 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3706 \begin_layout Subsection
3708 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3715 \begin_inset Index idx
3718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3725 \begin_inset Index idx
3728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3737 \begin_layout Standard
3738 Paper margins are set in the menu
3740 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3744 \begin_inset Index idx
3747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3756 \begin_layout Standard
3757 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3758 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3759 the paper format and the font size into account.
3762 \begin_layout Subsection
3766 \begin_layout Standard
3767 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3772 That includes the paragraph environments.
3773 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3774 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3775 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3776 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3785 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3787 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3788 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3789 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3792 \begin_layout Section
3793 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3794 \begin_inset Index idx
3797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3798 Paragraph ! Indentation
3806 \begin_layout Subsection
3808 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3810 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3817 \begin_layout Standard
3818 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3819 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3822 \begin_layout Standard
3823 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3824 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3825 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3826 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3830 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3836 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3837 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3838 language than English.
3839 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3842 \begin_layout Standard
3843 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3844 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3846 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3847 LyX takes care of that.
3848 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3850 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3851 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3852 of a page, and so on.
3856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3857 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3862 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3863 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3867 of these pre-coded spacings.
3868 We'll explain more later.
3871 \begin_layout Subsection
3872 Paragraph Separation
3873 \begin_inset Index idx
3876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3877 Paragraph ! Separation
3885 \begin_layout Standard
3886 To separate paragraphs, select
3897 \begin_inset space ~
3904 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3908 \begin_inset Index idx
3911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3917 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3918 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3919 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3922 \begin_layout Standard
3932 \begin_layout Standard
3933 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3934 \begin_inset space ~
3938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3940 reference "cap:Units"
3945 The default length is 30
3946 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3952 \begin_layout Subsection
3956 \begin_layout Standard
3957 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3960 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3962 \begin_inset space ~
3967 dialog and toggle the
3970 \begin_inset space ~
3975 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3978 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3982 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3983 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3987 \begin_layout Standard
3988 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3989 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3992 \begin_layout Subsection
3994 \begin_inset Index idx
3997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3998 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4006 \begin_layout Standard
4009 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4013 \begin_inset Index idx
4016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4025 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4028 \begin_inset space ~
4037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4038 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4043 \begin_inset Index idx
4046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4047 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4052 installed to use this feature.
4060 \begin_layout Section
4061 Paragraph Environments
4062 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4064 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4069 \begin_inset Index idx
4072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4073 Paragraph ! Environments
4079 \begin_inset Index idx
4082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4083 Paragraph environments|(
4091 \begin_layout Subsection
4095 \begin_layout Standard
4096 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4099 \begin_layout Standard
4118 \begin_inset Newline newline
4121 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4122 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4123 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4132 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4135 \begin_layout Standard
4136 A paragraph environment is simply a
4137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4144 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4145 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4146 scheme, labels, and so on.
4147 Additionally, you can
4148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4155 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4156 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4157 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4158 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4159 days of typewriters.
4160 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4162 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4165 \begin_layout Standard
4166 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4167 \begin_inset Graphics
4168 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4174 at the left end of the toolbar.
4175 LyX will change the environment of the
4179 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4180 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4181 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4185 \begin_layout Standard
4194 create a new paragraph using the
4198 paragraph environment.
4200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4207 because if you are in one of these environments:
4210 \begin_layout Itemize
4216 \begin_layout Itemize
4222 \begin_layout Itemize
4228 \begin_layout Itemize
4234 \begin_layout Itemize
4240 \begin_layout Itemize
4246 \begin_layout Itemize
4252 \begin_layout Standard
4253 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4257 , rather than resetting it to
4262 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4263 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4264 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4265 \begin_inset space ~
4269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4271 reference "sec:Nesting"
4276 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4281 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4282 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4286 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4292 \begin_layout Subsection
4296 \begin_layout Standard
4297 The default paragraph environment is
4302 It creates a plain paragraph.
4303 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4304 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4305 this manual) are in the
4312 \begin_layout Standard
4313 You can nest a paragraph using the
4317 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4325 \begin_layout Subsection
4327 \begin_inset Index idx
4330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4339 \begin_layout Standard
4340 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4349 for thanks or contact information.
4350 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4351 page along with today's date.
4352 For other types of documents, the title
4353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4360 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4364 \begin_layout Standard
4365 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4379 Here's how you use them:
4382 \begin_layout Itemize
4383 Put the title of your document in the
4390 \begin_layout Itemize
4391 Put the author name in the
4398 \begin_layout Itemize
4399 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4400 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4406 Note that using this environment is optional.
4407 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4408 If you don't want any date, add the line
4409 \begin_inset Newline newline
4419 \begin_inset Newline newline
4422 to the preamble of your document (menu
4424 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4430 \begin_layout Standard
4431 You can use footnotes to insert
4432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4439 or contact information.
4442 \begin_layout Subsection
4444 \begin_inset Index idx
4447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4454 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4463 \begin_layout Standard
4464 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4465 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4468 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4470 \begin_inset Index idx
4473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4474 Section headings ! Numbered
4482 \begin_layout Standard
4483 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4487 \begin_layout Enumerate
4493 \begin_layout Enumerate
4499 \begin_layout Enumerate
4505 \begin_layout Enumerate
4511 \begin_layout Enumerate
4517 \begin_layout Enumerate
4523 \begin_layout Enumerate
4529 \begin_layout Standard
4530 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4531 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4532 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4535 \begin_layout Standard
4536 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4537 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4538 You group the book into chapters.
4539 LyX does similar grouping:
4542 \begin_layout Itemize
4547 is divided in either
4558 \begin_layout Itemize
4570 \begin_layout Itemize
4582 \begin_layout Itemize
4594 \begin_layout Itemize
4606 \begin_layout Itemize
4618 \begin_layout Standard
4619 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4627 Not all document types use the
4631 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4636 is the top-level heading.
4644 \begin_layout Standard
4649 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4650 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4652 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4664 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4666 \begin_inset Index idx
4669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4670 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4678 \begin_layout Standard
4679 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4683 \begin_layout Enumerate
4689 \begin_layout Enumerate
4695 \begin_layout Enumerate
4701 \begin_layout Enumerate
4707 \begin_layout Enumerate
4713 \begin_layout Standard
4715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4722 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4723 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4724 table of contents, see section
4725 \begin_inset space ~
4729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4738 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4739 Changing the Numbering
4740 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4742 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4749 \begin_layout Standard
4750 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4751 in the Table of Contents.
4752 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4754 Certain classes start with
4768 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4778 This is something you can change.
4781 \begin_layout Standard
4784 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4790 \begin_inset Index idx
4793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4804 \begin_inset space ~
4808 \begin_inset space ~
4813 you'll see two counters.
4818 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4820 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4824 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4825 Short Titles of Headings
4826 \begin_inset Index idx
4829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4830 Section headings ! Short titles
4836 \begin_inset Argument
4839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4846 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4848 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4855 \begin_layout Standard
4856 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4857 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4858 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4859 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4862 \begin_layout Standard
4863 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4864 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4865 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4866 To specify a short title, use the menu
4868 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4870 \begin_inset space ~
4876 This will insert a box labeled
4877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4892 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4893 This also works for captions inside floats.
4896 \begin_layout Standard
4897 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4900 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4904 \begin_layout Standard
4905 The following information applies to all section headings:
4908 \begin_layout Itemize
4909 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4912 \begin_layout Itemize
4913 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4916 \begin_layout Itemize
4917 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4920 \begin_layout Itemize
4921 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4924 \begin_layout Subsection
4925 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4928 \begin_layout Standard
4929 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4943 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4944 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4945 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4946 the text they contain.
4947 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4955 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4958 \begin_layout Standard
4959 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4968 when you start a new paragraph.
4969 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4973 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4974 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4975 to change back to the
4979 environment yourself.
4982 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4992 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4999 \begin_inset Index idx
5002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5011 \begin_layout Standard
5012 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5013 time for the differences.
5022 are identical except for one difference:
5026 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5035 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5038 \begin_layout Standard
5039 Here's an example of the
5052 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5054 See – no indentation!
5058 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5059 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5060 the other paragraph.
5063 \begin_layout Standard
5064 Here's another example, this time in the
5071 \begin_layout Quotation
5077 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5078 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5079 the first line, then
5083 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5087 you were quoting other text.
5090 \begin_layout Quotation
5091 Here's a new paragraph.
5092 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5093 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5096 \begin_layout Standard
5097 As the examples show,
5101 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5102 They should put quotes in the
5107 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5111 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5114 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5120 \begin_inset Index idx
5123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5132 \begin_inset Index idx
5135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5142 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5151 \begin_layout Standard
5156 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5162 \begin_inset Newline newline
5165 Which I did not rehearse!
5169 It could be much worse.
5170 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5172 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5173 indented a bit more than the first.
5174 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5180 \begin_inset Newline newline
5183 And make things look fine
5184 \begin_inset Newline newline
5190 arg "newline-insert newline"
5196 \begin_layout Standard
5201 does not indent both margins.
5202 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5203 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5210 arg "newline-insert newline"
5216 \begin_layout Subsection
5218 \begin_inset Index idx
5221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5228 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5237 \begin_layout Standard
5238 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5248 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5257 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5258 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5259 some general features of all four of them.
5262 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5266 \begin_layout Standard
5267 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5269 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5278 reset the environment to
5282 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5283 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5284 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5288 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5291 to break paragraphs.
5294 \begin_layout Standard
5295 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5296 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5298 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5299 you read all of section
5300 \begin_inset space ~
5304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5306 reference "sec:Nesting"
5314 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5320 \begin_inset Index idx
5323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5330 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5339 \begin_layout Standard
5340 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5344 paragraph environment.
5345 It has the following properties:
5348 \begin_layout Itemize
5349 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5353 \begin_layout Itemize
5354 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5357 \begin_layout Itemize
5358 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5362 \begin_layout Itemize
5363 The items can have any length.
5364 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5365 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5372 \begin_layout Itemize
5377 environment inside another
5381 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5385 \begin_layout Itemize
5386 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5389 \begin_layout Itemize
5390 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5393 \begin_layout Itemize
5395 \begin_inset space ~
5399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5401 reference "sec:Nesting"
5405 for a full explanation of nesting.
5409 \begin_layout Standard
5410 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5419 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5422 \begin_layout Standard
5423 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5424 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5427 \begin_layout Itemize
5428 The label for the first level
5432 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5436 \begin_layout Itemize
5437 The label for the second level is a dash.
5441 \begin_layout Itemize
5442 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5446 \begin_layout Itemize
5447 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5451 \begin_layout Itemize
5452 Back out to the third level.
5456 \begin_layout Itemize
5457 Back to the second level.
5461 \begin_layout Itemize
5462 Back to the outermost level.
5465 \begin_layout Standard
5466 These are the default labels for an
5471 You can customize these labels in the
5473 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5476 dialog in the submenu
5483 \begin_inset Index idx
5486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5495 \begin_layout Standard
5496 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5497 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5499 \begin_inset space ~
5503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5505 reference "sec:Nesting"
5512 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5518 \begin_inset Index idx
5521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5528 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5530 name "sec:Enumerate"
5537 \begin_layout Standard
5542 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5543 It has these properties:
5546 \begin_layout Enumerate
5547 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5551 \begin_layout Enumerate
5552 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5556 \begin_layout Enumerate
5557 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5560 \begin_layout Enumerate
5565 environment resets the counter to one.
5568 \begin_layout Enumerate
5581 \begin_layout Enumerate
5582 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5583 Items can have any length.
5586 \begin_layout Enumerate
5587 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5590 \begin_layout Enumerate
5591 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5594 \begin_layout Enumerate
5595 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5599 \begin_layout Standard
5608 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5609 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5616 \begin_layout Enumerate
5617 The first level of an
5621 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5625 \begin_layout Enumerate
5626 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5630 \begin_layout Enumerate
5631 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5635 \begin_layout Enumerate
5636 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5639 \begin_layout Enumerate
5640 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5645 \begin_layout Enumerate
5646 Back to the third level
5650 \begin_layout Enumerate
5651 Back to the second level.
5655 \begin_layout Enumerate
5656 Back to the outermost level.
5659 \begin_layout Standard
5660 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5665 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5670 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5674 \begin_layout Standard
5675 There is more to nesting
5679 environments than we've stated here.
5680 You should read section
5681 \begin_inset space ~
5685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5687 reference "sec:Nesting"
5691 to learn more about nesting.
5694 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5700 \begin_inset Index idx
5703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5712 \begin_layout Standard
5713 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5717 list has no fixed label.
5718 Instead, LyX uses the first
5719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5726 of the first line as the label.
5730 \begin_layout Description
5731 Example: This is an example of the
5738 \begin_layout Standard
5739 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5743 \begin_layout Standard
5745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5752 it is meant that the first hit of the
5756 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5758 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5766 arg "space-insert protected"
5771 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5772 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5774 \begin_inset space ~
5780 \begin_inset space ~
5784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5786 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5790 for more info.) Here is an example:
5793 \begin_layout Description
5795 \begin_inset space ~
5798 Example: This one shows how to use a
5801 \begin_inset space ~
5813 \begin_layout Description
5814 Usage: You should use the
5818 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5819 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5821 It's not a good idea to use a
5825 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5826 You're better off using
5838 paragraphs into them.
5841 \begin_layout Description
5842 Nesting: You can nest
5846 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5850 \begin_layout Standard
5851 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5852 them from the first line.
5855 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5861 \begin_inset Index idx
5864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5873 \begin_layout Standard
5878 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5881 \begin_layout Standard
5882 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5890 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5895 environment is named
5907 \begin_layout Standard
5916 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5917 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5920 \begin_layout Labeling
5921 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5923 \begin_inset space ~
5926 labels LyX uses the first
5927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5934 of each line as the item label.
5939 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5940 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5941 blank as described above.
5944 \begin_layout Labeling
5945 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5946 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5947 the body of the item text.
5948 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5949 label width plus a little extra space.
5953 \begin_layout Labeling
5954 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5956 \begin_inset space ~
5959 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5961 If the label width is larger, the label
5962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5969 into the first line.
5970 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5971 margin of the rest of the item text.
5974 \begin_layout Labeling
5975 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5977 \begin_inset space ~
5980 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5985 environment have the same left margin.
5986 \begin_inset Newline newline
5989 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5992 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5994 \begin_inset space ~
6003 \begin_inset space ~
6008 determines the default label width.
6009 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6018 multiple times instead.
6019 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6028 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6031 \begin_inset space ~
6036 every time you alter a label in a
6041 \begin_inset Newline newline
6044 The predefined default width is the length of
6045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6054 \begin_inset Newline newline
6058 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6066 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6067 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6075 \begin_layout Standard
6080 environment the same way like the
6084 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6090 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6094 \begin_layout Standard
6099 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6101 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6103 \begin_inset space ~
6107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6109 reference "sec:Nesting"
6113 to learn about nesting.
6116 \begin_layout Standard
6117 There is yet another feature of the
6121 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6123 You can use additional
6127 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6132 are documented in section
6133 \begin_inset space ~
6137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6139 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6144 Here are some examples:
6145 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6151 \begin_layout Labeling
6152 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6153 Left The default for
6160 \begin_layout Labeling
6161 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6162 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6169 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6172 \begin_layout Labeling
6173 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6174 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6178 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6185 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6188 \begin_layout Subsection
6190 \begin_inset Index idx
6193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6202 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6210 \begin_inset space ~
6218 \begin_layout Standard
6219 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6227 \begin_inset space ~
6233 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6234 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6235 In contrast, you can use the
6242 \begin_inset space ~
6247 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6248 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6252 \begin_layout Standard
6253 Of course, you're not limited to using
6260 \begin_inset space ~
6269 \begin_inset space ~
6274 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6275 some European academic papers.
6278 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6280 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6282 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6289 \begin_layout Standard
6294 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6295 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6299 \begin_inset space ~
6304 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6305 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6306 Here's an example of each:
6309 \begin_layout Right Address
6311 \begin_inset Newline newline
6315 \begin_inset Newline newline
6319 \begin_inset Newline newline
6322 When is it? What is today?
6325 \begin_layout Standard
6329 \begin_inset space ~
6335 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6336 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6337 Here's an example of the
6344 \begin_layout Address
6346 \begin_inset Newline newline
6349 Where do I send this
6350 \begin_inset Newline newline
6353 Your post office and country
6356 \begin_layout Standard
6357 As you can see, both
6364 \begin_inset space ~
6369 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6374 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6380 This makes sense, since
6388 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6389 Thus, you have to use
6396 arg "newline-insert newline"
6402 \begin_inset space ~
6405 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6407 \begin_inset space ~
6416 menu) to start a new line in an
6423 \begin_inset space ~
6431 \begin_layout Subsection
6435 \begin_layout Standard
6436 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6437 or list of references.
6438 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6441 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6445 \begin_inset Index idx
6448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6457 \begin_layout Standard
6462 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6463 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6464 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6465 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6469 in anything else or vice versa.
6475 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6476 The book document classes ignores the
6480 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6484 in a letter document class.
6487 \begin_layout Standard
6492 environment does several things for you.
6493 First, it puts the centered label
6494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6502 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6504 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6505 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6506 the subsequent text.
6507 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6508 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6511 \begin_layout Standard
6512 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6516 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6517 The new paragraph will still be in the
6522 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6523 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6526 \begin_layout Standard
6527 \begin_inset Float figure
6532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6534 \begin_inset Graphics
6535 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6543 \begin_inset Caption
6545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6546 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6548 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6569 \begin_layout Standard
6570 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6574 environment, but since this document is in the
6575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6582 class, we can't do this.
6583 We inserted it therefore as figure
6584 \begin_inset space ~
6588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6590 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6595 If you've never heard of an
6596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6603 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6606 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6612 \begin_inset Index idx
6615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6622 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6624 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6631 \begin_layout Standard
6636 environment is used to list references.
6637 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6638 only use it at the end of the document.
6643 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6646 \begin_layout Standard
6647 When you first open a
6651 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6667 depending on the document class.
6668 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6669 Each paragraph of the
6673 environment is a bibliography entry.
6678 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6679 Each new paragraph is still in the
6686 \begin_layout Standard
6687 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6688 by using a BibTeX database.
6689 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6690 phy handling, have a look at in section
6691 \begin_inset space ~
6695 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6697 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6704 \begin_layout Subsection
6708 \begin_inset Index idx
6711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6712 Paragraph ! LyX code
6718 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6727 \begin_layout Standard
6732 environment is another LyX extension.
6733 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6738 key as a fixed whitespace;
6742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6754 \begin_inset space ~
6759 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6764 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6765 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6768 arg "newline-insert newline"
6785 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6786 So, when you finish using the
6790 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6791 Also, you can nest the
6795 environment inside of others.
6798 \begin_layout Standard
6799 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6802 \begin_layout Itemize
6806 arg "newline-insert newline"
6809 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6810 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6814 \begin_inset space \space{}
6824 arg "newline-insert newline"
6830 \begin_layout Itemize
6834 arg "newline-insert newline"
6845 \begin_layout Itemize
6850 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6857 \begin_layout Itemize
6861 arg "space-insert protected"
6868 \begin_layout Itemize
6869 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6870 You must put at least one
6874 in any line you want blank.
6875 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6878 \begin_layout Itemize
6879 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6883 since that will insert
6888 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6891 arg "self-insert \""
6897 \begin_layout Standard
6901 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6905 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6909 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6913 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6917 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6918 printf("Hello World!
6923 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6927 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6931 \begin_layout Standard
6932 This is just the standard
6933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6944 \begin_layout Standard
6949 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6950 rc-files, and so on.
6951 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6952 as if you used a typewriter.
6953 \begin_inset Index idx
6956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6957 Paragraph environments|)
6965 \begin_layout Section
6966 Nesting Environments
6967 \begin_inset Index idx
6970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6971 Nesting ! Environments
6977 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6986 \begin_layout Subsection
6990 \begin_layout Standard
6991 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6993 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6995 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6997 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7009 \begin_layout Enumerate
7013 \begin_layout Enumerate
7018 \begin_layout Enumerate
7022 \begin_layout Enumerate
7027 \begin_layout Enumerate
7031 \begin_layout Standard
7032 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7033 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7036 \begin_inset space ~
7040 \begin_inset space ~
7048 \begin_inset space ~
7052 \begin_inset space ~
7061 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7062 will tell you how far you are nested).
7063 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7066 arg "depth-increment"
7072 arg "depth-decrement"
7075 or the convenient key bindings
7086 arg "depth-increment"
7092 arg "depth-decrement"
7095 to change the nesting level.
7096 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7097 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7101 \begin_layout Standard
7102 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7103 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7104 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7105 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7108 \begin_layout Standard
7109 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7110 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7112 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7115 \begin_layout Subsection
7116 What You Can and Can't Nest
7119 \begin_layout Standard
7120 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7121 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7124 \begin_layout Standard
7125 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7126 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7127 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7130 \begin_layout Itemize
7131 Completely unnestable
7134 \begin_layout Itemize
7135 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7139 \begin_layout Itemize
7140 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7144 \begin_layout Standard
7145 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7146 environments have them:
7149 \begin_layout Description
7150 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7151 Can't nest into them.
7155 \begin_layout Itemize
7161 \begin_layout Itemize
7167 \begin_layout Itemize
7173 \begin_layout Itemize
7179 \begin_layout Itemize
7186 \begin_layout Description
7188 \begin_inset space ~
7191 Nestable You can nest them.
7192 You can nest other things into them.
7196 \begin_layout Itemize
7202 \begin_layout Itemize
7208 \begin_layout Itemize
7214 \begin_layout Itemize
7220 \begin_layout Itemize
7226 \begin_layout Itemize
7232 \begin_layout Itemize
7238 \begin_layout Itemize
7245 \begin_layout Description
7246 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7247 You can't nest anything into them.
7251 \begin_layout Itemize
7257 \begin_layout Itemize
7263 \begin_layout Itemize
7269 \begin_layout Itemize
7275 \begin_layout Itemize
7281 \begin_layout Itemize
7287 \begin_layout Itemize
7293 \begin_layout Itemize
7299 \begin_layout Itemize
7305 \begin_layout Itemize
7311 \begin_layout Itemize
7317 \begin_layout Itemize
7323 \begin_layout Itemize
7329 \begin_layout Itemize
7333 \begin_inset space ~
7339 \begin_layout Itemize
7346 \begin_layout Standard
7347 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7355 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7364 \begin_inset space ~
7368 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7372 \begin_inset space \space{}
7375 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7376 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7377 section headings violate this.
7385 \begin_layout Subsection
7386 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7387 \begin_inset Index idx
7390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7391 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7399 \begin_layout Standard
7400 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7401 affected by nesting anyhow.
7405 \begin_layout Itemize
7409 \begin_layout Itemize
7413 \begin_layout Itemize
7417 \begin_layout Standard
7419 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7427 Figures and tables in
7431 are not affected by this.
7436 Have a look at section
7437 \begin_inset space ~
7441 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7443 reference "sec:Floats"
7447 for more information about
7454 \begin_layout Standard
7455 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7456 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7460 \begin_layout Standard
7461 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7469 of its own, it behaves just like a
7470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7477 paragraph environment.
7478 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7482 \begin_layout Standard
7483 Here's an example with a table:
7486 \begin_layout Enumerate
7491 \begin_layout Enumerate
7492 This is (a) and it's nested.
7496 \begin_layout Standard
7497 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7503 \begin_layout Standard
7505 \begin_inset Tabular
7506 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7507 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7508 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7509 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7593 \begin_layout Standard
7594 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7601 \begin_layout Enumerate
7603 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7607 \begin_layout Enumerate
7611 \begin_layout Standard
7612 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7615 \begin_layout Enumerate
7620 \begin_layout Enumerate
7621 This is (a) and it's nested.
7625 \begin_layout Standard
7626 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7632 \begin_layout Standard
7634 \begin_inset Tabular
7635 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7636 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7637 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7638 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7722 \begin_layout Standard
7723 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7729 \begin_layout Enumerate
7736 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7739 \begin_layout Enumerate
7743 \begin_layout Standard
7744 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7748 \begin_layout Standard
7749 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7751 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7754 \begin_layout Enumerate
7759 \begin_layout Enumerate
7760 This is (a) and it's nested.
7763 \begin_layout Standard
7764 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7770 \begin_layout Standard
7772 \begin_inset Tabular
7773 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7774 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7775 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7776 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7860 \begin_layout Standard
7861 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7867 \begin_layout Enumerate
7869 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7877 \begin_layout Enumerate
7881 \begin_layout Standard
7882 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7888 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7889 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7893 \begin_layout Subsection
7894 Usage and General Features
7897 \begin_layout Standard
7898 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7907 is the innermost possible depth.
7908 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7911 \begin_layout Enumerate
7912 level #1 – outermost
7916 \begin_layout Enumerate
7921 \begin_layout Enumerate
7926 \begin_layout Enumerate
7931 \begin_layout Itemize
7936 \begin_layout Itemize
7945 \begin_layout Standard
7946 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7947 both of them in the example.
7948 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7958 For example, if we tried to nest another
7963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7970 , we would get errors.
7973 \begin_layout Subsection
7975 \begin_inset Index idx
7978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7987 \begin_layout Standard
7988 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7989 We have several examples of nested environments.
7990 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7994 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7995 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7998 \begin_layout Labeling
7999 \labelwidthstring MMM
8000 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8009 \begin_layout Labeling
8010 \labelwidthstring MMM
8011 #2-a This is level #2.
8012 We created it by using
8015 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8021 arg "depth-increment"
8028 \begin_layout Labeling
8029 \labelwidthstring MMM
8030 #3-a This is level #3.
8031 This time, we just hit
8038 arg "depth-increment"
8042 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8046 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8052 arg "depth-increment"
8059 \begin_layout Standard
8064 environment, nested inside of
8065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8073 So, it's at level #4.
8074 We did this by hitting
8077 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8083 arg "depth-increment"
8086 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8091 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8107 \begin_layout Standard
8112 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8115 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8121 \begin_layout Labeling
8122 \labelwidthstring MMM
8123 #4-a This is level #4.
8127 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8130 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8135 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8139 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8144 keep nesting things inside
8145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8156 \begin_layout Labeling
8157 \labelwidthstring MMM
8158 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8163 \begin_layout Labeling
8164 \labelwidthstring MMM
8165 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8166 and this is level #6.
8167 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8171 \begin_layout Labeling
8172 \labelwidthstring MMM
8173 #5-b Back to level #5.
8177 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8183 arg "depth-decrement"
8190 \begin_layout Labeling
8191 \labelwidthstring MMM
8195 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8201 arg "depth-decrement"
8204 , we're back at level #4.
8208 \begin_layout Labeling
8209 \labelwidthstring MMM
8210 #3-b Back to level #3.
8211 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8215 \begin_layout Labeling
8216 \labelwidthstring MMM
8217 #2-b Back to level #2.
8222 \begin_layout Labeling
8223 \labelwidthstring MMM
8224 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8225 After this sentence, we'll hit
8229 and change the paragraph environment back to
8236 \begin_layout Standard
8237 We could have also used the
8253 environment in place of the
8258 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8261 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8262 Example 2: Inheritance
8265 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8266 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8269 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8278 arg "depth-increment"
8281 , after which, we'll change to the
8289 \begin_layout Enumerate
8294 environment, at level #2.
8297 \begin_layout Enumerate
8298 Notice how the nested
8302 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8306 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8310 \begin_layout Standard
8311 We ended this example by hitting
8316 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8320 and reset the nesting depth by using
8323 arg "depth-decrement"
8329 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8330 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8339 \begin_inset Argument
8342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8343 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8351 \begin_layout Enumerate
8352 This is level #1, in an
8356 paragraph environment.
8357 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8361 \begin_layout Enumerate
8366 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8372 arg "depth-increment"
8376 Now, what happens if we nest an
8380 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8381 label be? An asterisk?
8385 \begin_layout Itemize
8395 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8396 So, its label is a bullet.
8397 (We got here by using
8400 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8406 arg "depth-increment"
8409 , then changing the environment to
8417 \begin_layout Itemize
8418 Here's level #4, produced using
8421 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8427 arg "depth-increment"
8431 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8436 \begin_layout Enumerate
8437 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8439 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8444 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8448 , because we are in the
8457 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8476 \begin_layout Enumerate
8481 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8482 type of numbering does LyX use?
8485 \begin_layout Enumerate
8486 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8489 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8492 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8495 \begin_layout Enumerate
8499 arg "depth-decrement"
8502 to decrease the depth after the next
8505 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8512 \begin_layout Enumerate
8514 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8518 \begin_layout Enumerate
8520 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8521 numeral as the label.Why?
8524 \begin_layout Enumerate
8525 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8534 Notice, however, that LyX
8538 reset the counter for the label.
8542 \begin_layout Enumerate
8546 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8552 arg "depth-decrement"
8555 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8556 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8557 into the twofold-nested
8565 \begin_layout Enumerate
8566 The same thing happens if we do another
8569 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8575 arg "depth-decrement"
8578 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8581 \begin_layout Standard
8582 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8587 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8601 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8607 The same rule applies for the
8611 environment, as well.
8614 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8615 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8618 \begin_layout Enumerate
8619 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8620 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8621 same detail with how we did it.
8630 \begin_layout Standard
8638 arg "depth-increment"
8645 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8646 example in parentheses someplace.
8647 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8648 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8649 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8653 \begin_layout Enumerate
8658 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8663 Now we'll add verse.
8664 \begin_inset Newline newline
8667 It will get much worse.
8668 \begin_inset Newline newline
8678 arg "depth-increment"
8689 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8690 \begin_inset Newline newline
8693 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8694 \begin_inset Newline newline
8700 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8713 \begin_layout Standard
8714 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8720 \begin_layout Standard
8722 \begin_inset Tabular
8723 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8724 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8725 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8726 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8815 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8825 arg "depth-increment"
8831 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8841 arg "depth-decrement"
8848 \begin_layout Enumerate
8853 : level #1) This is another item.
8854 Note that selecting a
8858 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8859 3 times to put the table inside the
8867 \begin_layout Quotation
8868 We're now ending the
8872 list and changing to
8877 We're still at level #1.
8878 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8879 The next set of paragraphs is a
8880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8894 \begin_inset space ~
8899 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8903 for the letter body.
8907 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8910 to preserve the depth.
8911 Remember that you need to use
8914 arg "newline-insert newline"
8917 to create multiple lines inside the
8924 \begin_inset space ~
8934 \begin_layout Right Address
8936 \begin_inset Newline newline
8939 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8940 \begin_inset Newline newline
8946 \begin_layout Address
8948 \begin_inset space ~
8954 \begin_layout Quotation
8955 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8956 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8959 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8960 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8961 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8962 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8963 as soon as possible.
8964 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8967 \begin_layout Quotation
8968 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8969 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8970 with your order, along with payment.
8973 \begin_layout Quotation
8974 We thank you again for your patience.
8977 \begin_layout Address
8979 \begin_inset Newline newline
8986 \begin_layout Quotation
8987 That ends that example!
8990 \begin_layout Standard
8991 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8992 just a few keystrokes.
8993 We could have easily nested an
9014 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9017 \begin_layout Section
9018 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9019 \begin_inset Index idx
9022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9031 \begin_layout Standard
9032 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9033 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9034 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9035 be broken at the end of a line.
9036 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9040 \begin_layout Subsection
9042 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9044 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9049 \begin_inset Index idx
9052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9061 \begin_layout Standard
9062 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9064 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
9068 Further documentation is given in section
9069 \begin_inset Newline newline
9073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9075 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9083 \begin_layout Standard
9084 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9099 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9108 A protected space is set with
9110 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9111 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9115 \begin_inset space ~
9125 arg "space-insert protected"
9131 \begin_layout Subsection
9133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9135 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9140 \begin_inset Index idx
9143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9144 Spacing ! Horizontal
9152 \begin_layout Standard
9153 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9155 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9156 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9160 The length units are listed in Appendix
9161 \begin_inset space ~
9165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9167 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9174 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9176 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9178 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9183 \begin_inset Index idx
9186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9195 \begin_layout Standard
9197 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9201 \begin_inset space \space{}
9204 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9205 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9206 \begin_inset space ~
9210 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9212 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9217 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9218 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9221 arg "space-insert normal"
9227 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9229 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9231 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9236 \begin_inset Index idx
9239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9248 \begin_layout Standard
9250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9257 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9266 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9267 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9268 inside abbreviations:
9273 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9277 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9280 \begin_layout Standard
9281 or between values and units.
9282 Compare for example this:
9283 \begin_inset Newline newline
9287 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9291 \begin_inset Newline newline
9297 \begin_layout Standard
9298 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9300 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9301 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9303 \begin_inset space ~
9311 arg "space-insert thin"
9317 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9321 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9328 \begin_layout Standard
9329 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9332 \begin_layout Description
9334 \begin_inset space ~
9338 \begin_inset space ~
9342 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9346 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9350 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9353 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9356 \begin_layout Description
9358 \begin_inset space ~
9362 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9366 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9370 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9374 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9378 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9381 em) space between the arrows.
9384 \begin_layout Description
9386 \begin_inset space ~
9390 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9394 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9398 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9402 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9406 \begin_inset space ~
9410 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9413 em) space between the arrows.
9416 \begin_layout Description
9418 \begin_inset space ~
9422 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9426 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9430 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9434 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9438 \begin_inset space ~
9442 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9445 em) space between the arrows.
9448 \begin_layout Description
9450 \begin_inset space ~
9454 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9458 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9463 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9467 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9470 cm space between the arrows.
9473 \begin_layout Standard
9475 \begin_inset space ~
9479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9481 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9485 lists the different space sizes.
9488 \begin_layout Standard
9489 \begin_inset Float table
9494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9496 \begin_inset Caption
9498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9499 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9501 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9505 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9515 \begin_inset Tabular
9516 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9517 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9518 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9519 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9559 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9583 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9607 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9631 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9646 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9659 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9674 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9687 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9702 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9715 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9736 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9742 \begin_inset Index idx
9745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9754 \begin_layout Standard
9755 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9756 in a uniform fashion.
9757 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9758 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9759 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9760 equally between themselves.
9764 \begin_layout Standard
9765 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9770 This is on the left side
9771 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9774 This is on the right
9780 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9784 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9793 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9797 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9801 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9807 \begin_layout Standard
9808 That was an example in the
9814 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9818 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9822 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9825 is one in a standard paragraph.
9826 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9830 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9833 \begin_layout Standard
9834 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9837 \begin_inset space ~
9842 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9845 \begin_layout Standard
9847 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9851 \begin_inset space ~
9857 \begin_layout Standard
9859 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9863 \begin_inset space ~
9869 \begin_layout Standard
9871 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9875 \begin_inset space ~
9881 \begin_layout Standard
9883 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9887 \begin_inset space ~
9893 \begin_layout Standard
9895 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9899 \begin_inset space ~
9905 \begin_layout Standard
9907 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9911 \begin_inset space ~
9917 \begin_layout Standard
9918 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9926 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9930 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9931 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9932 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9936 option in the space dialog.
9944 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9946 \begin_inset Index idx
9949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9958 \begin_layout Standard
9959 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9965 \begin_inset space \space{}
9968 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9971 \begin_layout Standard
9972 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9975 What is correct English?:
9976 \begin_inset Newline newline
9980 \begin_inset Newline newline
9984 \begin_inset space ~
9987 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9988 \begin_inset Newline newline
9992 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10003 \begin_inset Newline newline
10007 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10018 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10024 \begin_layout Standard
10025 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10030 \begin_inset space ~
10034 \begin_inset space ~
10038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10042 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10044 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10045 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10049 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10055 \begin_inset space ~
10059 \begin_inset space ~
10063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10066 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10075 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10076 That is why it is named
10077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10085 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
10086 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10090 \begin_layout Subsection
10092 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10094 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10099 \begin_inset Index idx
10102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10111 \begin_layout Standard
10112 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10114 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10115 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10117 \begin_inset space ~
10123 There you find the following sizes:
10126 \begin_layout Standard
10139 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10144 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10146 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10150 \begin_inset Index idx
10153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10154 Document ! Settings
10159 for the paragraph separation.
10160 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10171 \begin_layout Standard
10177 \begin_inset Index idx
10180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10186 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10187 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10189 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10190 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10199 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10208 s are described in section
10209 \begin_inset space ~
10213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10215 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10224 If there are several
10228 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10229 You can therefore use
10233 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10236 \begin_layout Standard
10241 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10242 \begin_inset space ~
10246 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10248 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10255 \begin_layout Standard
10256 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10266 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10267 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10279 \begin_layout Subsection
10280 Paragraph Alignment
10283 \begin_layout Standard
10284 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10286 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10290 There are five possibilities:
10293 \begin_layout Itemize
10301 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10307 \begin_layout Itemize
10315 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10321 \begin_layout Itemize
10329 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10335 \begin_layout Itemize
10343 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10349 \begin_layout Itemize
10357 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10363 \begin_layout Standard
10364 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10365 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10366 the left and right margins.
10367 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10370 \begin_layout Standard
10372 This paragraph is right aligned,
10375 \begin_layout Standard
10377 this one is centered,
10380 \begin_layout Standard
10382 this one is left aligned.
10385 \begin_layout Subsection
10387 \begin_inset Index idx
10390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10391 Page breaks ! Forced
10397 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10399 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10406 \begin_layout Standard
10407 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10408 can force a page break where you want one.
10409 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10410 Only if you use a lot of
10414 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10417 \begin_layout Standard
10418 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10419 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10423 have to change the page breaking.
10426 \begin_layout Standard
10427 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10429 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10431 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10432 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10434 \begin_inset space ~
10440 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10442 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10443 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10445 \begin_inset space ~
10450 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10452 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10453 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10456 \begin_layout Standard
10457 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10458 at the top of a page.
10459 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10460 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10461 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10462 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10466 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10470 to learn more about
10477 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10479 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10481 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10486 \begin_inset Index idx
10489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10490 Page breaks ! Clear
10498 \begin_layout Standard
10499 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10500 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10501 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10502 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10503 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10506 \begin_layout Standard
10507 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10509 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10510 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10512 \begin_inset space ~
10518 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10520 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10521 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10523 \begin_inset space ~
10527 \begin_inset space ~
10532 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10533 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10536 \begin_layout Subsection
10538 \begin_inset Index idx
10541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10548 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10550 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10557 \begin_layout Standard
10558 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10560 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10562 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10563 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10565 \begin_inset space ~
10569 \begin_inset space ~
10577 arg "newline-insert newline"
10581 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10583 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10584 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10586 \begin_inset space ~
10590 \begin_inset space ~
10595 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10597 This is necessary to avoid
10598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10605 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10608 \begin_layout Standard
10609 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10610 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10611 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10612 set a line break, e.
10613 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10617 \begin_inset space \space{}
10620 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10621 \begin_inset space ~
10625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10627 reference "sec:Quote"
10632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10634 reference "sec:Verse"
10639 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10641 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10648 \begin_layout Subsection
10650 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10652 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10657 \begin_inset Index idx
10660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10669 \begin_layout Standard
10671 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10682 \begin_layout Standard
10685 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10686 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10688 \begin_inset space ~
10693 you can insert horizontal lines.
10694 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10695 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10698 \begin_layout Standard
10700 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10711 \begin_layout Standard
10715 \begin_layout Section
10716 Characters and Symbols
10719 \begin_layout Standard
10720 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10721 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10722 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10726 \begin_inset space \space{}
10729 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10731 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10737 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10741 for information on how this is done.
10744 \begin_layout Standard
10745 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10750 dialog via the menu
10752 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10753 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10759 \begin_layout Standard
10760 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10768 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10769 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10770 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10778 \begin_layout Section
10779 Fonts and Text Styles
10780 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10782 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10789 \begin_layout Subsection
10791 \begin_inset Index idx
10794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10803 \begin_layout Standard
10804 There are two types of fonts:
10807 \begin_layout Description
10809 \begin_inset space ~
10813 \begin_inset Index idx
10816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10822 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
10823 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10827 characters) in the font.
10828 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10829 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10830 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10831 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10832 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10833 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10834 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10835 \begin_inset Newline newline
10838 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10839 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10840 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10841 sizes than at small ones.
10842 \begin_inset Newline newline
10856 \begin_inset space ~
10864 \begin_layout Description
10866 \begin_inset space ~
10870 \begin_inset Index idx
10873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10879 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10880 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10881 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10882 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10883 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10884 picture manipulation program.
10885 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10886 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10887 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10888 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10889 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10891 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10892 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10893 \begin_inset Newline newline
10896 Bitmap fonts are named
10899 \begin_inset space ~
10904 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10907 \begin_layout Standard
10908 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
10909 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10910 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10911 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10912 use scalable fonts.
10915 \begin_layout Standard
10916 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10917 its document properties.
10920 \begin_layout Standard
10921 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10922 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10923 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10924 font to emphasize text, you use an
10925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10933 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10934 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10938 \begin_layout Subsection
10940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10942 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
10949 \begin_layout Standard
10950 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
10951 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
10952 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
10954 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
10955 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
10956 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
10957 to usual word processors.
10958 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
10959 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
10960 across different machines.
10961 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
10962 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
10964 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
10966 \begin_inset space ~
10970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10972 reference "sub:Document-Font"
10977 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
10978 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
10982 \begin_layout Standard
10983 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
10984 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
10985 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
10986 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
10987 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
10988 that is installed on your system.
10989 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
10992 \begin_layout Standard
10993 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11001 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11002 es; so you might have to experiment.
11010 \begin_layout Standard
11011 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11019 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11020 as traditional LaTeX or PDFLaTeX.
11028 \begin_layout Subsection
11029 Document Font and Font size
11030 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11032 name "sub:Document-Font"
11037 \begin_inset Index idx
11040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11047 \begin_inset Index idx
11050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11059 \begin_layout Standard
11060 You can set the document fonts in the
11062 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11066 \begin_inset Index idx
11069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11070 Document ! Settings
11080 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11081 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11084 \begin_inset space ~
11093 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11094 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11098 \begin_layout Standard
11105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11114 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11115 This requires that you use
11121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11160 as output format, i.
11161 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11165 \begin_inset space ~
11168 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11169 \begin_inset space ~
11173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11175 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11180 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
11182 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
11184 \begin_inset space ~
11187 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
11188 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
11189 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
11191 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
11194 \begin_layout Standard
11195 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
11200 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
11205 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
11206 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
11207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11228 European Computer Modern
11231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11238 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
11241 \begin_layout Standard
11250 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11251 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11256 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11259 \begin_inset space ~
11264 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11270 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11271 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
11274 \begin_layout Itemize
11283 ) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
11297 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
11301 as the default font.
11302 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
11303 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
11315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11316 One difference is improved kerning for the
11328 \begin_layout Itemize
11337 ) fonts in (the rare) case that
11341 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
11356 Virtual means that it
11357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11368 -glyphs from other fonts.
11369 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11391 Loading the LaTeX-package
11396 \begin_inset Index idx
11399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11400 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11405 with the document preamble line
11406 \begin_inset Newline newline
11413 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11414 \begin_inset Newline newline
11419 will fix the guillemet problem.
11424 and that accented characters are not
11428 glyph, but build of
11432 characters, the accent and the letter.
11433 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
11439 If you search for example for the French word
11440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11447 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11456 and not for the glyph
11457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11461 \begin_inset space ~
11465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11471 \begin_layout Itemize
11472 If you do not like the look of
11480 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
11481 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11485 \begin_inset space ~
11499 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
11500 \begin_inset space ~
11503 serif and typewriter fonts
11507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11508 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
11509 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11520 for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
11521 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11533 , different shapes of the same font, i.
11534 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11547 , but you can also select your own.
11548 \begin_inset Newline newline
11551 The differences between roman,
11554 \begin_inset space ~
11563 fonts are explained in section
11564 \begin_inset space ~
11568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11570 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11575 \begin_inset Newline newline
11582 was originally designed for newspapers.
11583 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11584 into the small newspaper columns.
11589 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11590 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11593 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
11606 Some classes provide additional sizes.
11611 depends on the class you are using.
11612 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
11615 \begin_layout Standard
11616 Note that the font size is the
11621 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11622 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11623 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11626 \begin_inset space ~
11632 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11633 \begin_inset space ~
11637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11639 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11646 \begin_layout Standard
11651 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
11653 \begin_inset space ~
11656 serif or typewriter.
11661 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
11671 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
11674 \begin_layout Standard
11683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11692 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
11698 \begin_inset space ~
11702 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11704 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
11709 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
11710 Unless you have specific reasons, use
11717 \begin_layout Standard
11718 With some fonts, the checkboxes
11720 Use Old Style Figures
11724 Use True Small Caps
11727 These are extra features some fonts provide.
11730 Use Old Style Figures
11732 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
11734 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11738 \begin_inset space ~
11741 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
11744 Use True Small Caps
11746 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
11747 of scaled capitals.
11748 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
11749 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
11752 \begin_layout Standard
11757 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11758 a font to display the script characters.
11762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11763 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11768 So this has no effect for the document language
11784 \begin_layout Standard
11785 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11789 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11797 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11801 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11802 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11803 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11805 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11808 dialog, see section
11809 \begin_inset space ~
11813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11815 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11827 \begin_layout Subsection
11828 Using Different Character Styles
11829 \begin_inset Index idx
11832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11839 \begin_inset Index idx
11842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11851 \begin_layout Standard
11852 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11853 certain paragraph environments.
11854 LyX supports two character styles,
11863 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11867 \begin_layout Standard
11872 style, do one of the following:
11875 \begin_layout Itemize
11876 click on the toolbar button
11885 \begin_layout Itemize
11886 use the key binding
11895 \begin_layout Standard
11896 These commands are all toggles.
11901 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11904 \begin_layout Standard
11905 One typically uses the
11909 style for proper names.
11911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11918 is the original author of LyX.
11919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11925 \begin_layout Standard
11926 A more widely used character style is the
11931 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11938 \begin_layout Itemize
11939 clicking on the toolbar button
11948 \begin_layout Itemize
11949 using the keybindings
11958 \begin_layout Standard
11963 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11964 es use a different font.
11967 \begin_layout Standard
11968 We've been using the
11972 style all over the place in this document.
11973 Here's one more example:
11976 \begin_layout Quotation
11979 Don't overuse character styles!
11982 \begin_layout Standard
11983 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11984 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11985 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11986 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11990 \begin_layout Standard
11991 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11999 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12001 \begin_inset space ~
12009 \begin_layout Subsection
12010 Fine-Tuning with the
12015 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12017 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12022 \begin_inset Index idx
12025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12034 \begin_layout Standard
12035 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12036 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12037 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12038 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12039 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12040 from ordinary dialog.
12043 \begin_layout Standard
12044 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12045 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12046 \begin_inset Newline newline
12049 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12050 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12053 \begin_layout Standard
12054 To use custom character styles, open the
12056 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12058 \begin_inset space ~
12064 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12065 font property which you can choose.
12066 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12069 \begin_inset space ~
12074 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12079 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12080 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12081 environments in a snap.
12084 \begin_layout Standard
12085 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12088 \begin_inset space ~
12100 \begin_layout Labeling
12101 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12115 The possible options are:
12119 \begin_layout Labeling
12120 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12125 This is the Roman font family.
12126 Normally a serif font.
12127 It's also the default family.
12137 \begin_layout Labeling
12138 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12142 \begin_inset space ~
12149 This is the Sans Serif font family.
12161 \begin_layout Labeling
12162 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12169 This is the Typewriter font family.
12175 arg "font-typewriter"
12184 \begin_layout Labeling
12185 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12190 This corresponds to the print weight.
12195 \begin_layout Labeling
12196 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12201 This is the Medium font series.
12202 It's also the default series.
12205 \begin_layout Labeling
12206 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12213 This is the Bold font series.
12226 \begin_layout Labeling
12227 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12232 As the name implies.
12237 \begin_layout Labeling
12238 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12243 This is the Upright font shape.
12244 It's also the default shape.
12247 \begin_layout Labeling
12248 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12262 s the Italic font shape
12268 \begin_layout Labeling
12269 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12276 This is the Slanted font shape
12278 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
12281 \begin_layout Labeling
12282 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12286 \begin_inset space ~
12293 This is the Small caps font shape
12300 \begin_layout Labeling
12301 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12306 Alters the size of the font.
12307 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
12308 nal to the document font size.
12309 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
12310 what you want to do.
12315 \begin_layout Labeling
12316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12337 arg "font-size tiny"
12343 \begin_layout Labeling
12344 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12365 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12371 \begin_layout Labeling
12372 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12393 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12399 \begin_layout Labeling
12400 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12421 arg "font-size small"
12427 \begin_layout Labeling
12428 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12442 It's also the default size.
12446 arg "font-size normal"
12452 \begin_layout Labeling
12453 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12474 arg "font-size large"
12480 \begin_layout Labeling
12481 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12502 arg "font-size larger"
12508 \begin_layout Labeling
12509 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12530 arg "font-size largest"
12536 \begin_layout Labeling
12537 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12558 arg "font-size huge"
12564 \begin_layout Labeling
12565 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12586 arg "font-size giant"
12593 \begin_layout Standard
12598 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12599 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12600 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12601 — use that instead.
12602 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12605 \begin_layout Labeling
12606 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12611 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12616 \begin_layout Labeling
12617 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12624 This is text with emphasize on
12627 This might seem like the same as
12631 , but it is actually a bit different.
12637 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12639 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12642 \begin_layout Labeling
12643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12650 This is text with Underbar on.
12656 arg "font-underline"
12662 \begin_inset Newline newline
12667 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12668 when you couldn't change fonts.
12669 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12670 It's only included in LyX because some people
12674 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12677 \begin_layout Labeling
12678 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12685 This is text with Noun on.
12692 , this is a logical attribute.
12693 Normally it's equivalent to
12696 \begin_inset space ~
12705 \begin_layout Labeling
12706 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12711 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12712 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12716 \begin_inset space ~
12721 , which is the default
12722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12729 and means normally black, you can choose between
12762 \begin_inset Index idx
12765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12774 \begin_layout Labeling
12775 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12780 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12781 the language of the document.
12782 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12786 \begin_layout Standard
12787 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12788 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12790 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12792 \begin_inset space ~
12797 dialog, the settings are saved.
12798 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12801 arg "textstyle-apply"
12805 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12806 when the dialog isn't visible.
12810 \begin_layout Standard
12811 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12818 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12819 (suppose you just set the shape to
12820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12838 \begin_inset space ~
12850 \begin_layout Standard
12851 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12859 \begin_inset space ~
12871 \begin_layout Itemize
12877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12884 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12902 \begin_inset Newline newline
12906 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
12909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12920 \begin_inset Note Note
12923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12924 For more on phantoms see section
12925 \begin_inset space ~
12929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12931 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12941 \begin_inset Newline newline
12947 \begin_layout Itemize
12952 fonts use characters with serifs.
12953 These are the small
12954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12961 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12962 The following example will show the difference:
12963 \begin_inset Newline newline
12967 \begin_inset Newline newline
12972 text without serifs
12975 \begin_inset Newline newline
12978 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12979 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12986 \begin_layout Itemize
12992 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12993 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12996 \begin_layout Standard
12997 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12998 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
13001 \begin_layout Section
13002 Printing and Previewing
13005 \begin_layout Subsection
13009 \begin_layout Standard
13010 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
13011 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
13012 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
13013 goes on behind-the-scenes.
13014 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
13016 Additional Features
13021 \begin_layout Standard
13022 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
13023 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
13024 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
13025 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
13026 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
13027 This happens in two stages:
13030 \begin_layout Enumerate
13031 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
13032 generating a file with the extension,
13033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13047 \begin_layout Enumerate
13048 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
13052 file to produce printable output.
13056 \begin_layout Subsection
13057 Output file formats
13058 \begin_inset Index idx
13061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13068 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13070 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
13077 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13078 Simple text (ASCII)
13079 \begin_inset Index idx
13082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13083 File formats ! ASCII
13091 \begin_layout Standard
13092 This file type has the extension
13093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13105 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
13106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13109 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
13110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13116 \begin_layout Standard
13117 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
13119 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13120 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13122 \begin_inset space ~
13129 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13130 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13132 \begin_inset space ~
13136 \begin_inset space ~
13142 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
13146 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13148 \begin_inset Index idx
13151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13152 File formats ! LaTeX
13160 \begin_layout Standard
13161 This file type has the extension
13162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13173 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
13175 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
13176 it manually with console commands.
13177 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
13178 you view or export your document.
13181 \begin_layout Standard
13182 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
13184 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13185 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13202 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13204 \begin_inset Index idx
13207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13216 \begin_layout Standard
13217 This file type has the extension
13218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13238 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
13239 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
13240 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
13244 \begin_layout Standard
13245 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
13246 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
13247 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
13248 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
13250 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
13253 \begin_layout Standard
13254 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
13256 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13257 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13262 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13263 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13265 \begin_inset space ~
13272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13282 The latter option uses the program
13291 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13292 font access (see section
13293 \begin_inset space ~
13297 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13299 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13304 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13308 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13310 \begin_inset Index idx
13313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13314 File formats ! PostScript
13322 \begin_layout Standard
13323 This file type has the extension
13324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13336 PostScript was developed by the company
13340 as a printer language.
13341 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
13343 PostScript can be seen as a
13344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13347 programming language
13348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13351 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
13355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13356 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
13362 \begin_inset Index idx
13365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13366 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13376 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13379 \begin_layout Standard
13380 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13384 Encapsulated PostScript
13385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13388 (EPS, file extension
13389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13401 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13402 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13407 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
13408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13411 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
13412 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13413 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13414 EPS to avoid this problem.
13417 \begin_layout Standard
13418 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13420 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13421 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13427 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13429 \begin_inset Index idx
13432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13439 \begin_inset Index idx
13442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13451 \begin_layout Standard
13452 This file type has the extension
13453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13469 Portable Document Format
13470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13477 was derived from PostScript.
13478 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
13480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13487 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13488 looks exactly the same.
13491 \begin_layout Standard
13492 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13496 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13500 (JPG, file extension
13501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13528 Portable Network Graphics
13529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13532 (PNG, file extension
13533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13545 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13546 in the background to one of these formats.
13547 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13548 will slow down your workflow.
13549 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13552 \begin_layout Standard
13553 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13555 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13558 in three different ways:
13561 \begin_layout Description
13562 PDF This uses the program
13566 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13567 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13571 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13572 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13575 \begin_layout Description
13577 \begin_inset space ~
13580 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13584 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13588 \begin_layout Description
13590 \begin_inset space ~
13593 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13597 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13600 \begin_layout Description
13602 \begin_inset space ~
13609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13616 X) This uses the program
13620 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13625 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13626 font access (see section
13627 \begin_inset space ~
13631 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13633 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13638 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
13641 \begin_layout Description
13643 \begin_inset space ~
13650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13657 X) This uses the program
13661 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13666 is an even newer engine, derived from
13670 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
13671 access (see section
13672 \begin_inset space ~
13676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13678 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13683 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13687 \begin_layout Standard
13688 We recommend to use
13691 \begin_inset space ~
13700 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13701 works without problems.
13702 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
13703 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
13707 \begin_inset space ~
13714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13726 \begin_inset space ~
13733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13742 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
13750 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13752 \begin_inset Index idx
13755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13756 FileFormats ! XHTML
13762 \begin_inset Index idx
13765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13774 \begin_layout Standard
13775 This file type has the extension
13776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13788 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13789 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13790 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13791 suitable for the purpose.
13792 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13793 it, but not all do.
13796 \begin_layout Standard
13797 XHTML output remains
13798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13805 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13810 LyX and the World Wide Web
13811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13816 Additional Features
13818 manual, for more information.
13821 \begin_layout Standard
13822 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13824 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13825 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13831 \begin_layout Subsection
13833 \begin_inset Index idx
13836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13845 \begin_layout Standard
13846 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
13847 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13853 \change_deleted -712698321 1301225765
13855 \change_inserted -712698321 1301225910
13860 or the toolbar button
13869 A viewing program will pop up showing the output
13870 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226025
13871 in the defined default output format, which is globally set in the preferences
13873 \begin_inset space ~
13877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13879 reference "sec:File-Formats"
13883 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
13885 \begin_inset space ~
13889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13891 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
13899 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226035
13901 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226047
13902 Further output formats can be selected via
13903 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226049
13908 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13910 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226053
13912 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226055
13918 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226064
13919 you can use the toolbar button
13920 \begin_inset Graphics
13921 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13923 groupId toolbarbuttons
13930 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13935 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13937 \begin_inset space ~
13943 \begin_inset Graphics
13944 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13946 groupId toolbarbuttons
13952 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13956 \begin_inset Graphics
13957 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13959 groupId toolbarbuttons
13966 arg "buffer-view ps"
13970 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226110
13971 or the toolbar button
13972 \begin_inset Graphics
13973 filename ../images/view-others.png
13975 groupId toolbarbuttons
13984 \begin_layout Standard
13985 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13986 viewer window using the menu
13988 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13990 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226188
13995 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13996 Update (Other Formats)
14003 \begin_layout Standard
14004 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
14006 To have a real output, export your document.
14009 \begin_layout Subsection
14010 Printing the File from within LyX
14011 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14013 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
14020 \begin_layout Standard
14021 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
14022 it directly from within LyX.
14023 To print a file, select the menu
14025 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14028 or click on the toolbar button
14031 arg "dialog-show print"
14035 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
14036 This file is then processed by the program
14040 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
14045 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
14048 \begin_layout Standard
14049 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
14050 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
14051 printing one set to print on the other side.
14052 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
14053 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
14054 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
14057 \begin_layout Standard
14058 You can set the parameters in the
14061 \begin_inset space ~
14069 \begin_layout Labeling
14070 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14075 This is the name of the printer to print to.
14079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14080 Note that this printer name is for the program
14089 has to be configured for this printer name.
14090 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
14091 \begin_inset space ~
14095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14097 reference "sub:Printer"
14106 The printer should understand PostScript.
14109 \begin_layout Labeling
14110 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14115 The name of a file to print to.
14116 The output will be a PostScript file.
14117 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
14121 \begin_layout Section
14122 A few Words about Typography
14123 \begin_inset Index idx
14126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14135 \begin_layout Subsection
14137 \begin_inset Index idx
14140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14149 \begin_layout Standard
14151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14162 character comes in four lengths: the
14174 , and the minus sign:
14175 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14181 \begin_layout Standard
14182 \begin_inset Tabular
14183 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
14184 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14185 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14186 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14187 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14188 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14217 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14257 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14282 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14284 \begin_inset space ~
14287 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14294 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14319 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14321 \begin_inset space ~
14324 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14345 \begin_inset Formula $-$
14353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14379 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14385 \begin_layout Standard
14386 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
14387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14398 character multiple times in a row.
14399 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
14400 the final output, but not in LyX.
14402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14422 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14432 \begin_layout Standard
14433 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
14434 math mode and has a length of its own.
14435 Here are some examples of the
14436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14450 \begin_layout Enumerate
14451 line- and page-breaks
14452 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14462 \begin_layout Enumerate
14464 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14474 \begin_layout Enumerate
14475 Oh — there's a dash.
14476 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14486 \begin_layout Enumerate
14487 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
14491 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14501 \begin_layout Subsection
14503 \begin_inset Index idx
14506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14513 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14515 name "sub:Hyphenation"
14522 \begin_layout Standard
14523 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
14524 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
14529 \begin_inset Index idx
14532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14533 LaTeX-packages ! babel
14538 following the rules of the document language
14542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14543 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
14551 \begin_inset space ~
14555 \begin_inset space ~
14562 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14573 \begin_layout Standard
14574 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
14579 font and with unusual constructs, like
14580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14588 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
14589 This is done with the menu
14591 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14592 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14594 \begin_inset space ~
14600 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
14601 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
14604 \begin_layout Standard
14605 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
14606 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
14608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14616 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
14617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14624 as a hyphenation possibility.
14625 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
14626 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
14627 as described in section
14628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14631 Prevent Hyphenation
14632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14642 \begin_layout Subsection
14644 \begin_inset Index idx
14647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14656 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14657 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
14658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14660 name "sub:Abbreviations"
14667 \begin_layout Standard
14668 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
14669 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14670 LaTeX then adds the
14671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14674 appropriate amount of space
14675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14679 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14681 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14684 \begin_layout Standard
14685 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14686 not work in all cases.
14688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14699 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14700 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14703 \begin_layout Standard
14704 Here are some examples of
14708 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14711 \begin_layout Itemize
14716 \begin_layout Itemize
14721 \begin_layout Standard
14722 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14725 \begin_layout Itemize
14727 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14731 this is too much space!
14734 \begin_layout Itemize
14739 \begin_layout Standard
14740 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14743 \begin_layout Standard
14744 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14747 \begin_layout Enumerate
14751 \begin_inset space ~
14756 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14757 \begin_inset space ~
14761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14763 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14768 \begin_inset Index idx
14771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14772 Spaces ! inter-word
14780 \begin_layout Enumerate
14784 \begin_inset space ~
14789 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14790 \begin_inset space ~
14794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14796 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14801 \begin_inset Index idx
14804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14813 \begin_layout Enumerate
14817 \begin_inset space ~
14821 \begin_inset space ~
14825 \begin_inset space ~
14832 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14834 \begin_inset space ~
14839 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14840 This function is also bound to
14843 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14849 \begin_layout Standard
14850 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14853 \begin_layout Itemize
14855 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14859 \begin_inset space \space{}
14862 this is too much space!
14865 \begin_layout Itemize
14866 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14870 \begin_layout Standard
14871 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14872 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14873 will take care of this.
14876 \begin_layout Standard
14877 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14881 \begin_inset space ~
14886 feature described in section
14892 Additional Features
14897 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14899 \begin_inset Index idx
14902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14903 Typography ! Quotes
14909 \begin_inset Index idx
14912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14943 \begin_layout Standard
14944 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14945 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14946 and use a closing quote at the end.
14948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14956 The keyboard character,
14960 , generates this automatically.
14963 \begin_layout Standard
14964 You can change the behavior of the
14968 key using the submenu
14974 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14978 \begin_inset Index idx
14981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14982 Document ! Settings
14990 \begin_layout Standard
14991 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14996 There are six choices:
14999 \begin_layout Labeling
15000 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15012 Use quotes like this
15013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15021 \begin_inset Quotes els
15025 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15031 \begin_layout Labeling
15032 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15035 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15039 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15045 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15049 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15053 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15059 \begin_layout Labeling
15060 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15063 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15067 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15073 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15077 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15081 \begin_inset Quotes gls
15085 \begin_inset Quotes grs
15091 \begin_layout Labeling
15092 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15095 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15099 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15105 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15109 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15113 \begin_inset Quotes pls
15117 \begin_inset Quotes prs
15123 \begin_layout Labeling
15124 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15127 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15131 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15137 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15141 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15145 \begin_inset Quotes fls
15149 \begin_inset Quotes frs
15155 \begin_layout Labeling
15156 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15159 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15163 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15169 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15173 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15177 \begin_inset Quotes als
15181 \begin_inset Quotes ars
15187 \begin_layout Standard
15188 These settings affect what character the
15195 \begin_layout Subsection
15197 \begin_inset Index idx
15200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15201 Typography ! Ligatures
15207 \begin_inset Index idx
15210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15239 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15241 name "sub:Ligatures"
15248 \begin_layout Standard
15249 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
15250 print them as single characters.
15251 These groups are known as
15256 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
15258 Here are the standard ligatures:
15261 \begin_layout Itemize
15265 \begin_layout Itemize
15269 \begin_layout Itemize
15273 \begin_layout Itemize
15277 \begin_layout Itemize
15281 \begin_layout Standard
15282 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
15285 \begin_layout Standard
15286 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
15287 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
15288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15295 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
15296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15311 To break a ligature, use
15313 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15314 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15316 \begin_inset space ~
15323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15334 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15351 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15359 \begin_layout Subsection
15361 \begin_inset Index idx
15364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15371 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15373 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
15380 \begin_layout Standard
15381 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
15382 characters in different sizes and heights.
15383 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
15384 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
15385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15404 \begin_inset Note Note
15407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15408 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
15409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15416 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
15417 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
15422 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
15426 \begin_layout Description
15427 LyX The name of the game, write
15428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15449 \begin_layout Description
15450 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
15451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15472 \begin_layout Description
15473 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
15474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15495 \begin_layout Description
15496 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
15497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15518 \begin_layout Standard
15519 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
15520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15524 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
15528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15532 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
15533 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
15534 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
15537 : The actual version is
15538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15545 , the previous one was
15546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15556 \begin_layout Standard
15557 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
15558 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15562 \begin_inset space \space{}
15565 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
15567 This will look in LyX like:
15568 \begin_inset Graphics
15569 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
15575 \begin_inset Newline newline
15578 For more about TeX Code, look at section
15579 \begin_inset space ~
15583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15585 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
15592 \begin_layout Subsection
15594 \begin_inset Index idx
15597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15606 \begin_layout Standard
15607 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
15608 space between two words.
15609 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
15612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15619 for units use the menu
15621 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15622 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15624 \begin_inset space ~
15632 arg "space-insert thin"
15638 \begin_layout Standard
15639 Here's an example to show the differences:
15642 \begin_layout Standard
15643 \begin_inset Tabular
15644 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
15645 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15646 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15647 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15654 \begin_inset space ~
15658 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15670 space between number and unit
15677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15682 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15686 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15698 half space between number and unit
15711 \begin_layout Subsection
15713 \begin_inset Index idx
15716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15717 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15725 \begin_layout Standard
15726 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15728 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15729 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15730 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15731 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15732 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15733 These bits of text became known as
15744 \begin_layout Standard
15745 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15746 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15747 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15748 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15749 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15750 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15751 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15754 \begin_layout Standard
15755 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15756 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15757 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15758 \begin_inset space ~
15762 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15764 key "latexcompanion"
15769 \begin_inset space ~
15773 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15779 ] may have more information.
15780 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15783 \begin_layout Chapter
15784 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15785 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15787 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15794 \begin_layout Standard
15795 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15800 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15803 \begin_layout Section
15805 \begin_inset Index idx
15808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15815 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15824 \begin_layout Standard
15825 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15828 \begin_layout Description
15830 \begin_inset space ~
15833 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15834 \begin_inset Newline newline
15838 \begin_inset Note Note
15841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15842 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15850 \begin_layout Description
15851 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15852 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15854 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15855 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15856 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15859 \begin_inset Newline newline
15863 \begin_inset Note Comment
15866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15867 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15875 \begin_layout Description
15877 \begin_inset space ~
15880 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15881 \begin_inset Newline newline
15885 \begin_inset Newline newline
15889 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15898 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15899 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15900 How this can be done is explained in the
15909 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15915 \begin_inset Newline newline
15919 \begin_inset Newline newline
15922 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15923 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15926 \begin_layout Standard
15927 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15935 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15939 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15942 \begin_layout Section
15944 \begin_inset Index idx
15947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15954 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15956 name "sec:Footnotes"
15963 \begin_layout Standard
15964 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15967 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15970 or the toolbar button
15973 arg "footnote-insert"
15985 \begin_inset Graphics
15986 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15995 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
16005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16024 label, the box will
16028 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
16029 Clicking on the box label again, will close
16042 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
16058 \begin_layout Standard
16059 Here's an example footnote:
16067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16068 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
16076 \begin_layout Standard
16077 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
16078 position where the footnote box is placed.
16079 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
16080 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
16081 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
16082 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
16083 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
16088 ey are described in the
16095 \begin_layout Section
16097 \begin_inset Index idx
16100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16109 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
16116 \begin_layout Standard
16117 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
16118 When you insert a margin note via the menu
16120 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16122 \begin_inset space ~
16127 or the toolbar button
16130 arg "marginalnote-insert"
16149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16156 appearing within your text.
16157 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
16166 \begin_layout Standard
16167 At the side is an example marginal note.
16171 \begin_inset Marginal
16174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16175 This is a marginal note.
16183 \begin_layout Standard
16184 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
16185 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
16186 pages, right on odd pages.
16189 \begin_layout Section
16190 Graphics and Images
16191 \begin_inset Index idx
16194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16201 \begin_inset Index idx
16204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16211 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16213 name "sec:Graphics"
16220 \begin_layout Standard
16221 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
16222 you want and click on the toolbar icon
16225 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
16230 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16234 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
16237 \begin_layout Standard
16238 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
16243 tab allows you to choose your image file.
16244 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
16246 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
16247 \begin_inset space ~
16251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16253 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
16260 \begin_layout Standard
16265 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
16266 of the image in the output.
16267 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
16271 \begin_inset space ~
16275 \begin_inset space ~
16284 \begin_inset space ~
16288 \begin_inset space ~
16292 \begin_inset space ~
16297 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
16298 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
16306 \begin_layout Standard
16309 LaTeX and LyX options
16311 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
16312 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
16316 \begin_inset space ~
16321 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
16322 with the image size is printed.
16326 \begin_inset space ~
16330 \begin_inset space ~
16334 \begin_inset space ~
16339 is explained in the
16350 \begin_layout Standard
16351 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
16352 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
16354 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
16358 \begin_layout Standard
16360 \begin_inset Graphics
16361 filename clipart/mobius.eps
16369 \begin_layout Standard
16370 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
16371 the image into a float, see section
16372 \begin_inset space ~
16376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16378 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
16385 \begin_layout Subsection
16387 \begin_inset Index idx
16390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16397 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16399 name "sub:Image-Formats"
16406 \begin_layout Standard
16407 You can insert images in any known file format.
16408 But as we explained in section
16409 \begin_inset space ~
16413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16415 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16419 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
16420 LyX uses therefore the program
16424 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
16425 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
16426 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
16427 \begin_inset space ~
16431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16433 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16440 \begin_layout Standard
16441 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
16444 \begin_layout Description
16446 \begin_inset space ~
16449 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
16450 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
16451 Well-known bitmap image formats are
16452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16455 Graphics Interchange Format
16456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16459 (GIF, file extension
16460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16472 \begin_inset Index idx
16475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16507 Portable Network Graphics
16508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16511 (PNG, file extension
16512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16524 \begin_inset Index idx
16527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16559 Joint Photographic Experts Group
16560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16563 (JPG, file extension
16564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16588 \begin_inset Index idx
16591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16622 \begin_layout Description
16624 \begin_inset space ~
16627 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
16629 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
16630 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
16631 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
16632 \begin_inset Newline newline
16635 Scalable image formats can be
16636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16639 Scalable Vector Graphics
16640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16643 (SVG, file extension
16644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16656 \begin_inset Index idx
16659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16691 Encapsulated PostScript
16692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16695 (EPS, file extension
16696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16708 \begin_inset Index idx
16711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16743 Portable Document Format
16744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16747 (PDF, file extension
16748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16760 \begin_inset Index idx
16763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16770 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16771 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16772 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16778 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16786 \begin_layout Standard
16787 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16791 \begin_layout Subsection
16792 Grouping of Image Settings
16793 \begin_inset Index idx
16796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16797 Images ! Settings grouping
16805 \begin_layout Standard
16806 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16808 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16809 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16811 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16812 need to manually change each of them.
16816 \begin_layout Standard
16817 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16820 \begin_inset space ~
16825 field in the Graphics dialog.
16826 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16827 by checking the name of the desired group.
16830 \begin_layout Section
16832 \begin_inset Index idx
16835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16851 \begin_layout Standard
16852 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16853 \begin_inset Graphics
16854 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16856 groupId toolbarbuttons
16862 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16866 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16867 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16868 from the rest of the table.
16869 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16870 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16872 Here's an example table:
16875 \begin_layout Standard
16877 \begin_inset Tabular
16878 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16879 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16880 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16881 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16882 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16883 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17083 \begin_layout Subsection
17087 \begin_layout Standard
17088 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
17089 brings up the table dialog.
17090 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
17091 where the cursor is placed currently.
17092 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
17093 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
17094 done on all of your selection.
17097 \begin_layout Standard
17098 Additionally to the table dialog, the
17101 \begin_inset space ~
17106 helps you in setting table properties.
17107 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
17110 \begin_layout Standard
17114 \begin_inset space ~
17119 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
17120 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
17121 current cell respectively.
17122 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
17124 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
17125 of text, see section
17126 \begin_inset space ~
17130 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17132 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
17139 \begin_layout Standard
17140 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
17141 using the check box
17150 This will merge the cells to
17154 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
17155 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
17156 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
17157 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
17158 in the last row without the upper border:
17161 \begin_layout Standard
17163 \begin_inset Tabular
17164 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
17165 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
17166 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17167 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
17168 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17169 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17180 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17189 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17265 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17300 \begin_layout Standard
17301 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
17302 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
17303 explained in the tables section of the
17306 \begin_inset space ~
17312 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
17313 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
17316 degrees counterclockwise.
17317 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
17320 \begin_layout Standard
17321 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17329 Most DVI-viewers are
17333 able to display rotations.
17341 \begin_layout Standard
17346 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
17351 adds lines for all cell borders.
17354 \begin_layout Subsection
17356 \begin_inset Index idx
17359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17360 Tables ! Longtables
17366 \begin_inset Index idx
17369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17378 \begin_layout Standard
17379 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
17382 \begin_inset space ~
17386 \begin_inset space ~
17395 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
17396 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
17399 \begin_layout Description
17404 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17405 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17406 except for the first page, if
17409 \begin_inset space ~
17417 \begin_layout Description
17421 \begin_inset space ~
17426 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17427 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17430 \begin_layout Description
17435 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17436 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17437 except for the last page, if
17440 \begin_inset space ~
17448 \begin_layout Description
17452 \begin_inset space ~
17457 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17458 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17461 \begin_layout Description
17462 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
17463 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
17465 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17469 More about longtable captions can be found in the
17472 \begin_inset space ~
17480 \begin_layout Standard
17481 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
17482 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17483 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
17484 The others will then be defined as
17489 In this context, first means first in this order:
17492 \begin_inset space ~
17504 \begin_inset space ~
17510 See the following longtable to see how it works:
17513 \begin_layout Standard
17515 \begin_inset Tabular
17516 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
17517 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
17518 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
17519 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17520 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17521 <row endfirsthead="true">
17522 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17528 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
17533 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17542 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17552 <row endfirsthead="true">
17553 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17564 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17573 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17585 <row endhead="true">
17586 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17597 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17606 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17616 <row endhead="true">
17617 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17628 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17637 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17649 <row endfoot="true">
17650 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17661 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17670 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17701 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18642 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18651 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18660 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18671 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18702 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18733 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18764 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18795 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18826 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18857 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18888 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18919 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18950 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18981 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19012 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19043 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19074 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19105 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19136 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19167 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19198 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19229 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19260 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19291 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19322 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19353 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19384 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19415 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19446 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19477 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19508 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19539 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19570 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19601 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19631 <row endlastfoot="true">
19632 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19643 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19652 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19669 \begin_layout Subsection
19671 \begin_inset Index idx
19674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19681 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19683 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19690 \begin_layout Standard
19691 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19692 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19693 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19694 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19698 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19699 for the cell's paragraph.
19702 \begin_layout Standard
19703 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19704 for the column in the table dialog.
19705 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19706 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19710 \begin_layout Standard
19712 \begin_inset Tabular
19713 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19714 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19715 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19716 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19717 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19737 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19806 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19862 This is longer now.
19867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19918 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19919 This is longer now.
19924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19950 \begin_layout Standard
19951 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19952 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19957 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19958 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19964 Selection with the mouse or with
19968 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19969 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19970 the selection from outside the table.
19973 \begin_layout Section
19975 \begin_inset Index idx
19978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19985 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19994 \begin_layout Standard
19995 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19996 have a fixed location.
19998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20005 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
20013 \begin_inset space ~
20018 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
20019 too many notes on the page.
20022 \begin_layout Standard
20023 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
20024 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
20025 and pages without text.
20026 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
20027 , every float can be referenced in the text.
20028 Floats are therefore numbered.
20029 Referencing is described in section
20030 \begin_inset space ~
20034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20036 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20043 \begin_layout Standard
20044 To insert a float, use the menu
20046 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20050 A box with a caption that has e.
20051 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20055 \begin_inset space \space{}
20059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20063 \begin_inset space ~
20067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20070 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
20071 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
20073 After the label you can insert the caption text.
20074 \begin_inset Index idx
20077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20083 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
20084 paragraph within the float.
20085 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
20086 by left-clicking on the box label.
20087 A closed float box looks like this:
20088 \begin_inset Graphics
20089 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
20094 – a gray button with a red label.
20097 \begin_layout Standard
20098 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
20099 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
20102 \begin_layout Subsection
20106 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20108 \begin_inset Index idx
20111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20112 Floats ! Figure floats
20118 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20120 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
20127 \begin_layout Standard
20130 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20131 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20134 inserts a float with the label
20135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20141 \begin_inset space ~
20147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20151 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
20152 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
20153 This is what we did for Figure
20154 \begin_inset space ~
20158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20160 reference "cap:Platypus"
20165 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
20166 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
20167 This was done in Figure
20168 \begin_inset space ~
20172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20174 reference "cap:Escher"
20181 \begin_layout Standard
20182 \begin_inset Float figure
20187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20189 \begin_inset Graphics
20190 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20199 \begin_inset Caption
20201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20202 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20204 name "cap:Platypus"
20208 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
20221 \begin_layout Standard
20222 \begin_inset Float figure
20227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20228 \begin_inset Caption
20230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20231 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20248 \begin_inset Graphics
20249 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20262 \begin_layout Standard
20263 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
20265 As described in section
20266 \begin_inset space ~
20270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20272 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20276 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
20278 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20281 and refer to it using the menu
20283 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20287 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
20289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20296 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
20298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20308 \begin_layout Standard
20309 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
20310 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
20311 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
20312 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
20314 \begin_inset space ~
20318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20320 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20324 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
20325 You can also set the images one below the other.
20327 \begin_inset space ~
20331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20333 reference "fig:Undefinable"
20338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20340 reference "fig:Platypus"
20344 are the subfigures.
20347 \begin_layout Standard
20348 \begin_inset Float figure
20353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20354 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20358 \begin_inset Float figure
20363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20364 \begin_inset Caption
20366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20369 name "fig:Undefinable"
20381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20382 \begin_inset Graphics
20383 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20394 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20398 \begin_inset Float figure
20403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20404 \begin_inset Caption
20406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20407 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20409 name "fig:Platypus"
20421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20422 \begin_inset Graphics
20423 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20435 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20442 \begin_inset Caption
20444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20445 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20447 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20451 Two distorted images.
20464 \begin_layout Standard
20465 Note that the caption is added to the
20468 \begin_inset space ~
20472 \begin_inset space ~
20477 as described in section
20478 \begin_inset space ~
20482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20484 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
20491 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20493 \begin_inset Index idx
20496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20497 Floats ! Table floats
20505 \begin_layout Standard
20506 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
20508 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20509 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20513 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
20516 \begin_inset space ~
20520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20522 reference "cap:Table-float"
20526 is an example of a table float.
20529 \begin_layout Standard
20530 \begin_inset Float table
20535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20536 \begin_inset Caption
20538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20539 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20541 name "cap:Table-float"
20553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20555 \begin_inset Tabular
20556 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
20557 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20558 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20559 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20560 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20687 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20708 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20711 \end{array}\right]$
20719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20732 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20753 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20755 \begin_inset Index idx
20758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20759 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20767 \begin_layout Standard
20768 This float type is inserted with the menu
20770 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20771 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20775 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20776 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20780 , described in section
20781 \begin_inset space ~
20785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20787 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20794 \begin_layout Standard
20795 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20803 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20809 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20812 \begin_layout Standard
20817 floatname{algorithm}{your
20818 \begin_inset space ~
20824 \begin_layout Standard
20825 to the document preamble (menu
20827 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20834 \begin_inset space ~
20840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20854 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20856 \begin_inset Index idx
20859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20860 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20868 \begin_layout Standard
20869 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20877 \begin_inset Graphics
20878 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20887 \begin_inset Caption
20889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20890 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20892 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20896 This is a wrapped figure.
20897 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20910 This float type is used if you want to
20911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20918 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20920 It can be inserted using the menu
20922 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20923 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20925 \begin_inset space ~
20930 if the LaTeX-package
20935 \begin_inset Index idx
20938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20939 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20949 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20952 \begin_inset space ~
20962 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20965 \begin_inset space ~
20969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20971 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20975 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20976 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20984 Available units are explained in Appendix
20985 \begin_inset space ~
20989 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20991 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
21000 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
21004 \begin_layout Standard
21005 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21013 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
21014 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21018 \begin_inset space \space{}
21021 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
21022 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
21031 \begin_layout Itemize
21032 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
21033 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
21034 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
21035 page breaks will appear.
21038 \begin_layout Itemize
21039 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
21040 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
21043 \begin_layout Itemize
21044 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
21045 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
21048 \begin_layout Itemize
21049 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
21052 \begin_layout Subsection
21054 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21056 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21061 \begin_inset Index idx
21064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21073 \begin_layout Standard
21074 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
21075 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
21079 \begin_inset space ~
21087 \begin_layout Standard
21088 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
21089 have a multicolumn document).
21090 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
21093 \begin_inset space ~
21099 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
21100 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
21107 \begin_layout Standard
21108 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
21109 format is also the same: Table
21110 \begin_inset space ~
21114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21116 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
21120 is an example of a rotated table float.
21123 \begin_layout Standard
21124 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21132 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
21140 \begin_layout Standard
21141 \begin_inset Float table
21146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21147 \begin_inset Caption
21149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21150 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21152 name "cap:Rotated-table"
21164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21166 \begin_inset Tabular
21167 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
21168 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21169 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21170 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21171 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21172 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21173 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21233 \begin_layout Subsection
21235 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21237 name "sub:Float-Placement"
21242 \begin_inset Index idx
21245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21254 \begin_layout Standard
21255 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
21256 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
21257 \begin_inset Newline newline
21263 \begin_inset space ~
21268 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
21269 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
21270 \begin_inset Newline newline
21276 \begin_inset space ~
21281 is used to rotate floats, see section
21282 \begin_inset space ~
21286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21288 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21295 \begin_layout Standard
21296 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
21297 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
21300 \begin_inset space ~
21304 \begin_inset space ~
21312 \begin_layout Description
21314 \begin_inset space ~
21318 \begin_inset space ~
21321 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
21324 \begin_layout Description
21326 \begin_inset space ~
21330 \begin_inset space ~
21333 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
21336 \begin_layout Description
21338 \begin_inset space ~
21342 \begin_inset space ~
21345 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
21348 \begin_layout Description
21350 \begin_inset space ~
21354 \begin_inset space ~
21357 floats: try to place the float at an own page
21360 \begin_layout Standard
21361 The order of the above option is
21366 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
21370 \begin_inset space ~
21374 \begin_inset space ~
21382 \begin_inset space ~
21386 \begin_inset space ~
21391 , and then the others.
21392 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
21394 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
21395 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
21398 \begin_layout Standard
21399 By default, each option has its own rules:
21402 \begin_layout Standard
21406 \begin_inset space ~
21410 \begin_inset space ~
21415 only floats occupying less than 70
21416 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21419 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
21422 \begin_layout Standard
21426 \begin_inset space ~
21430 \begin_inset space ~
21435 : only floats occupying less than 30
21436 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21439 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
21442 \begin_layout Standard
21446 \begin_inset space ~
21450 \begin_inset space ~
21455 : only if more than 50
21456 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21459 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
21463 \begin_layout Standard
21464 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
21468 \begin_inset space ~
21472 \begin_inset space ~
21480 \begin_layout Standard
21481 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
21482 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
21483 For this case you can use the option
21486 \begin_inset space ~
21492 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
21494 Because the float is then no longer able to
21495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21502 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
21505 \begin_layout Standard
21506 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
21507 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
21510 \begin_layout Standard
21511 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
21513 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
21515 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
21522 \begin_layout Section
21524 \begin_inset Index idx
21527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21534 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21536 name "sec:Minipages"
21543 \begin_layout Standard
21544 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21546 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21547 \begin_inset space ~
21554 \begin_layout Standard
21555 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21557 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21561 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21562 and its alignment within the page.
21565 \begin_layout Standard
21567 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21577 height_special "totalheight"
21580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21583 This is a minipage.
21584 The text is set in an italic style.
21587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21590 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21591 another formatting.
21599 \begin_layout Standard
21600 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21603 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21607 as described in section
21608 \begin_inset space ~
21612 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21614 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21619 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21625 \begin_layout Standard
21626 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21636 height_special "totalheight"
21639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21640 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21641 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21647 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21651 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21661 height_special "totalheight"
21664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21665 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21666 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21674 \begin_layout Standard
21675 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21681 \begin_layout Standard
21682 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21683 to other box types.
21684 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21695 \begin_layout Chapter
21696 Mathematical Formulas
21697 \begin_inset Index idx
21700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21707 \begin_inset Index idx
21710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21739 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21741 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21748 \begin_layout Standard
21749 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21754 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21757 \begin_layout Section
21759 \begin_inset Index idx
21762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21771 \begin_layout Standard
21772 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21779 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21781 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21782 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21783 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21785 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21791 \begin_layout Standard
21792 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21796 \begin_inset space ~
21801 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21804 \begin_layout Standard
21805 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21806 line, like this one:
21809 \begin_layout Standard
21810 This is a line with an inline formula
21811 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21817 \begin_layout Standard
21818 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
21820 \begin_inset Formula
21827 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21830 \begin_layout Standard
21831 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21833 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21837 \begin_inset space \space{}
21841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21854 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21855 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21859 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21862 \begin_inset space ~
21870 \begin_layout Subsection
21871 Navigating in Formulas
21872 \begin_inset Index idx
21875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21884 \begin_layout Standard
21885 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21886 achieved with the arrow keys.
21887 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21888 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21893 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21894 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21898 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21902 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21905 \end{array}\right]$
21913 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21918 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21919 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21922 \begin_layout Standard
21927 , printed in this document as
21928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21949 \begin_inset Note Note
21952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21953 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21954 space character (visible space).
21959 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21960 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21961 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21966 For example, if you want
21967 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22021 , since in the latter case only the
22024 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22029 will be under the square root sign:
22030 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22036 \begin_layout Standard
22037 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22039 \begin_inset Formula
22041 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22050 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22051 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22054 \begin_layout Subsection
22058 \begin_layout Standard
22059 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22060 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22064 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22065 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22066 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22067 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22068 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22071 \begin_layout Subsection
22072 Exponents and Subscripts
22073 \begin_inset Index idx
22076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22083 \begin_inset Index idx
22086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22095 \begin_layout Standard
22096 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22097 way is to use a command.
22099 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22102 , type in a formula
22108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22124 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22130 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22134 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22155 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22164 , you have to use an extra
22168 to separate the hat and the character.
22170 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22174 \begin_inset space \space{}
22178 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22199 Subscripts are similar: To get
22200 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22223 \begin_layout Subsection
22225 \begin_inset Index idx
22228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22237 \begin_layout Standard
22238 Create a fraction with either the command
22245 \begin_inset Graphics
22246 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22254 \begin_inset space ~
22260 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22261 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22262 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22267 To move back up, press
22272 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22273 \begin_inset Formula
22275 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22278 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22286 \begin_layout Subsection
22288 \begin_inset Index idx
22291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22300 \begin_layout Standard
22301 Roots can be created using the
22304 \begin_inset space ~
22310 \begin_inset Graphics
22311 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22313 groupId toolbarbuttons
22336 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22342 produces always a square root.
22345 \begin_layout Subsection
22346 Operators with Limits
22347 \begin_inset Index idx
22350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22357 \begin_inset Index idx
22360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22369 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22376 \begin_layout Standard
22378 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22382 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22385 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22386 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22387 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22388 The sum operator will automatically place its
22389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22396 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22399 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22403 \begin_inset Formula
22405 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22410 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22414 \begin_layout Standard
22415 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22417 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22418 behind the operator and hitting
22426 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22427 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22429 \begin_inset space ~
22433 \begin_inset space ~
22441 \begin_layout Standard
22442 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22450 feature as addition, such as
22451 \begin_inset Index idx
22454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22461 \begin_inset Formula
22463 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22468 which will place the
22469 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22481 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22482 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22488 \begin_layout Standard
22489 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22496 Have a look at section
22497 \begin_inset space ~
22501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22503 reference "sub:Functions"
22507 for an explanation of function macros.
22510 \begin_layout Subsection
22512 \begin_inset Index idx
22515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22524 \begin_layout Standard
22525 Most math symbols can be found in the
22528 \begin_inset space ~
22533 under one of several categories; including
22550 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22554 \begin_layout Standard
22555 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22556 you don't have to use the
22559 \begin_inset space ~
22564 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22565 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22568 \begin_layout Subsection
22570 \begin_inset Index idx
22573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22582 \begin_layout Standard
22583 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22588 arg "space-insert protected"
22594 \begin_inset space ~
22600 \begin_inset Graphics
22601 filename ../images/math/space.png
22603 groupId toolbarbuttons
22608 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22609 For example, the sequence
22614 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22618 \begin_inset Graphics
22619 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22624 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22625 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22626 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22627 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22629 Here are two examples:
22632 \begin_layout Standard
22642 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22648 \begin_layout Standard
22658 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22664 \begin_layout Subsection
22666 \begin_inset Index idx
22669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22676 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22678 name "sub:Functions"
22685 \begin_layout Standard
22689 \begin_inset space ~
22694 contains under the button
22695 \begin_inset Graphics
22696 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22698 groupId toolbarbuttons
22702 a number of function macros, such as
22703 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22707 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22715 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22722 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
22723 avoid confusions, because
22724 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22728 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22734 \begin_layout Standard
22735 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22737 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22741 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22747 \begin_layout Standard
22748 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22749 s are placed, as described in section
22750 \begin_inset space ~
22754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22756 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22763 \begin_layout Subsection
22765 \begin_inset Index idx
22768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22777 \begin_layout Standard
22778 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22780 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22781 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22782 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22786 \begin_inset space \space{}
22790 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22793 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22794 Our example is entered by typing
22802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22815 \begin_inset space ~
22819 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22821 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22825 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22828 \begin_layout Standard
22829 \begin_inset Float table
22834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22835 \begin_inset Caption
22837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22838 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22840 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22844 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22854 \begin_inset Tabular
22855 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22856 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22857 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22858 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22859 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22943 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22997 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23051 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23105 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23159 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23213 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23267 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23321 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23375 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23420 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23441 \begin_layout Standard
23442 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23445 \begin_inset space ~
23451 \begin_inset Graphics
23452 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23454 groupId toolbarbuttons
23458 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23462 \begin_layout Section
23463 Brackets and Delimiters
23464 \begin_inset Index idx
23467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23474 \begin_inset Index idx
23477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23484 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23486 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23493 \begin_layout Standard
23494 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23495 For most purposes, using just the keys
23500 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23501 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23502 toolbar delimiter icon
23505 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23509 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23511 \begin_inset Formula
23513 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23521 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23522 \begin_inset Formula
23524 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23532 \begin_layout Standard
23533 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23534 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23537 \begin_layout Standard
23538 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23539 left side and right side.
23540 If you use the option
23543 \begin_inset space ~
23548 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23549 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23550 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23551 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23554 \begin_layout Standard
23555 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23556 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23557 inside the brackets.
23558 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23563 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23566 \begin_layout Section
23567 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23568 \begin_inset Index idx
23571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23578 \begin_inset Index idx
23581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23588 \begin_inset Index idx
23591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23592 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23600 \begin_layout Standard
23601 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23604 \begin_inset space ~
23610 \begin_inset Graphics
23611 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23613 groupId toolbarbuttons
23618 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23619 Here is an example:
23620 \begin_inset Formula
23622 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23631 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23632 \begin_inset space ~
23636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23638 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23643 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23644 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23645 This alignment is set in the box
23650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23698 for every column as default.
23699 For example, the sequence
23700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23711 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23712 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23713 corresponds to the relevant column.
23714 The result will look like this:
23715 \begin_inset Formula
23718 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23719 column & has & has\, right\\
23720 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23729 \begin_layout Standard
23730 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23733 arg "newline-insert newline"
23736 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23737 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23739 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23742 or the math toolbar.
23745 \begin_layout Standard
23746 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23747 It can be created with the menu
23749 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23750 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23752 \begin_inset space ~
23764 Here is an example:
23765 \begin_inset Formula
23779 \begin_layout Standard
23780 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23783 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23786 arg "newline-insert newline"
23790 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23795 arg "newline-insert newline"
23798 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23806 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
23807 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23808 A new row is created by every further hit of
23811 arg "newline-insert newline"
23815 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23816 Here is an example:
23817 \begin_inset Formula
23819 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23820 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23825 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23826 where you want to start the shift and hit
23831 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23832 position to the next column.
23833 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23834 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23835 \begin_inset Formula
23837 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
23845 \begin_layout Standard
23846 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23853 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23854 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23857 reference "eq:asquared"
23862 The other types are described in section
23863 \begin_inset space ~
23867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23869 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23876 \begin_layout Section
23877 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23878 \begin_inset Index idx
23881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23882 Math ! Formula numbering
23888 \begin_inset Index idx
23891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23892 Math ! Referencing formulas
23898 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23900 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23907 \begin_layout Standard
23908 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23910 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23911 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23913 \begin_inset space ~
23921 arg "math-number-toggle"
23925 The formula number appears in LyX as
23926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23933 within parentheses.
23935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23942 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23944 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23945 the document class.
23946 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23947 separated by a dot:
23948 \begin_inset Formula
23958 arg "math-number-toggle"
23961 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23962 You can only number displayed formulas.
23965 \begin_layout Standard
23966 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23968 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23969 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23971 \begin_inset space ~
23975 \begin_inset space ~
23979 \begin_inset space ~
23987 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23990 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23991 \begin_inset Formula
23994 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24000 To number all lines use the shortcut
24003 arg "math-number-toggle"
24009 \begin_layout Standard
24010 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24013 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24014 A label is inserted with the menu
24016 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24019 when the cursor is in the formula.
24020 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24021 It is recommended to use the proposed
24022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24033 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24034 type when you have many labels in your document.
24035 We inserted in the following example the label
24036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24043 in the second line:
24044 \begin_inset Formula
24046 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24047 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24052 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24053 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24063 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24065 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24067 \begin_inset space ~
24073 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24074 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
24075 as the formula number:
24078 \begin_layout Standard
24079 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24082 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24089 \begin_layout Standard
24090 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24091 \begin_inset space ~
24095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24097 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24102 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24105 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24108 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24113 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24121 \begin_layout Section
24122 User defined math macros
24123 \begin_inset Index idx
24126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24135 \begin_layout Standard
24136 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24137 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24138 Math macros are explained in section
24141 \begin_inset space ~
24153 \begin_layout Section
24157 \begin_layout Subsection
24159 \begin_inset Index idx
24162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24171 \begin_layout Standard
24172 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24173 To set a font in a formula, use the
24176 \begin_inset space ~
24182 \begin_inset Graphics
24183 filename ../images/math/font.png
24185 groupId toolbarbuttons
24189 , or enter its command, listed in table
24190 \begin_inset space ~
24194 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24196 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24203 \begin_layout Standard
24204 \begin_inset Float table
24209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24210 \begin_inset Caption
24212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24213 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24215 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24219 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24229 \begin_inset Tabular
24230 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24231 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24232 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24233 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24265 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24292 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24319 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24352 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24379 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24406 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24440 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24467 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24501 \begin_layout Standard
24502 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24510 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24526 \begin_layout Standard
24527 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24528 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24533 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24534 space when you need a space in the box.
24535 Here an example where
24536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24547 denotes the set of numbers:
24548 \begin_inset Formula
24550 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24558 \begin_layout Standard
24559 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24561 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24565 \begin_inset space \space{}
24577 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24581 \begin_inset Newline newline
24584 So it is better not to use this feature.
24587 \begin_layout Standard
24588 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24589 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24593 \begin_inset Newline newline
24596 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24602 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24603 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24609 \begin_layout Standard
24616 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24619 \begin_layout Standard
24620 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24622 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24623 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24625 \begin_inset space ~
24633 \begin_layout Subsection
24635 \begin_inset Index idx
24638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24647 \begin_layout Standard
24648 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24650 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24654 \begin_inset space ~
24658 \begin_inset space ~
24666 \begin_inset space ~
24672 \begin_inset Graphics
24673 filename ../images/math/font.png
24675 groupId toolbarbuttons
24686 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24687 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24688 Here is an example:
24689 \begin_inset Formula
24692 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24693 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
24702 \begin_layout Subsection
24704 \begin_inset Index idx
24707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24716 \begin_layout Standard
24717 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24718 automatically chosen in most situations.
24736 For most characters,
24744 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24745 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24750 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24751 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24753 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24754 \begin_inset Graphics
24755 filename ../images/math/style.png
24757 groupId toolbarbuttons
24762 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24763 For example, you can set
24764 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24767 , which is normally in
24776 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24780 The four styles are used in the following example:
24783 \begin_layout Standard
24784 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24788 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24792 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24796 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24802 \begin_layout Standard
24803 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24804 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24806 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24808 \begin_inset space ~
24813 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24814 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24815 will be adjusted to correspond.
24816 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24827 \begin_layout Standard
24831 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24837 \begin_layout Section
24841 \begin_layout Standard
24842 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24843 the document classes and into layout modules.
24844 \begin_inset Index idx
24847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24853 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24854 other than the AMS classes.
24856 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24858 reference "sub:Modules"
24862 for more on layout modules.
24865 \begin_layout Section
24867 \begin_inset Index idx
24870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24877 \begin_inset Index idx
24880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24889 \begin_layout Standard
24890 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24891 (AMS) that are in common use.
24894 \begin_layout Subsection
24895 Enabling AMS-Support
24898 \begin_layout Standard
24899 Selecting the checkbox
24902 \begin_inset space ~
24906 \begin_inset space ~
24910 \begin_inset space ~
24917 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24921 \begin_inset Index idx
24924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24925 Document ! Settings
24933 \begin_inset space ~
24938 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24940 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24941 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
24944 \begin_layout Subsection
24946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24948 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24953 \begin_inset Index idx
24956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24957 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24965 \begin_layout Standard
24966 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24967 LyX allows you to choose between
24988 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24991 \begin_layout Chapter
24995 \begin_layout Section
24997 \begin_inset Index idx
25000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25007 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25009 name "sec:Cross-References"
25016 \begin_layout Standard
25017 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25018 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25020 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25021 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25022 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25025 \begin_layout Enumerate
25029 \begin_layout Enumerate
25030 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25032 name "enu:Second-item"
25039 \begin_layout Enumerate
25043 \begin_layout Standard
25044 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25046 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25049 or by pressing the toolbar button
25056 A grey label box like this:
25057 \begin_inset Graphics
25058 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25063 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25064 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25099 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25100 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25104 \begin_inset space \space{}
25107 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25122 \begin_layout Standard
25123 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25125 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25128 or the toolbar button
25131 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25135 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25136 \begin_inset Graphics
25137 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25142 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25144 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25157 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25161 \begin_layout Standard
25164 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25167 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25172 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25173 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25175 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25181 \begin_layout Standard
25182 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25183 \begin_inset space ~
25187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25189 reference "enu:Second-item"
25196 \begin_layout Standard
25197 It is recommended to use a protected space
25201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25202 described in section
25203 \begin_inset space ~
25207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25209 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25218 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25222 \begin_layout Standard
25223 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25226 \begin_layout Description
25227 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25230 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25237 \begin_layout Description
25238 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25239 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25251 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25258 \begin_layout Description
25259 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25260 \begin_inset space ~
25264 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25265 LatexCommand pageref
25266 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25273 \begin_layout Description
25275 \begin_inset space ~
25279 \begin_inset space ~
25282 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25284 LatexCommand vpageref
25285 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25292 \begin_layout Description
25294 \begin_inset space ~
25298 \begin_inset space ~
25302 \begin_inset space ~
25305 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25308 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25315 \begin_layout Description
25317 \begin_inset space ~
25320 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25321 \begin_inset Newline newline
25325 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25333 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25342 \begin_inset Index idx
25345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25346 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25352 \begin_inset Index idx
25355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25356 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25369 \begin_layout Description
25371 \begin_inset space ~
25374 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25376 LatexCommand nameref
25377 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25384 \begin_layout Standard
25389 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25392 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25396 \begin_inset space \space{}
25400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25414 <reference> on page <page>
25416 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25419 \begin_layout Standard
25420 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25421 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25422 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25426 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25430 \begin_layout Standard
25431 You can only use the style
25435 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25439 is always possible.
25442 \begin_layout Standard
25443 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25444 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25446 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25447 \begin_inset space ~
25451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25453 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25460 \begin_layout Standard
25461 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25465 \begin_inset space ~
25469 \begin_inset space ~
25474 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25475 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25478 \begin_inset space ~
25483 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25484 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25487 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25493 \begin_layout Standard
25494 You can change labels at any time.
25495 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25496 do not need to take care about this.
25499 \begin_layout Standard
25500 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25501 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25504 \begin_layout Standard
25505 References are described in detail in sec.
25506 \begin_inset space ~
25510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25524 \begin_layout Section
25525 Table of Contents and other Listings
25526 \begin_inset Index idx
25529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25536 \begin_inset Index idx
25539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25546 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25555 \begin_layout Subsection
25557 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25559 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25566 \begin_layout Standard
25567 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25569 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25570 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25572 \begin_inset space ~
25576 \begin_inset space ~
25582 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25583 If you click on it, the
25587 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25588 sections in your documents.
25589 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25591 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25594 that is described in sec.
25595 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25599 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25601 reference "sec:Navigating"
25608 \begin_layout Standard
25609 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25610 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25612 \begin_inset space ~
25616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25618 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25622 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25624 \begin_inset space ~
25628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25630 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25634 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25636 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25639 \begin_layout Subsection
25640 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25641 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25643 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25650 \begin_layout Standard
25651 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25652 You can insert them via the
25654 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25656 \begin_inset space ~
25660 \begin_inset space ~
25666 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25669 \begin_layout Section
25670 URLs and Hyperlinks
25671 \begin_inset Index idx
25674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25681 \begin_inset Index idx
25684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25693 \begin_layout Subsection
25695 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25704 \begin_layout Standard
25705 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25707 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25713 \begin_layout Standard
25714 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25715 \begin_inset Flex URL
25718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25728 \begin_layout Standard
25729 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25735 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25739 \begin_layout Standard
25740 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25748 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25756 \begin_layout Subsection
25758 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25760 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25767 \begin_layout Standard
25768 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25770 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25773 or with the toolbar button
25780 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25789 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25790 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25791 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25793 name "LyX's homepage"
25794 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25798 , an Email address like this:
25799 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25801 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25802 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25807 , or a link to a file.
25810 \begin_layout Standard
25811 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25824 to the link target.
25827 \begin_layout Standard
25828 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25829 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25830 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25831 the text style dialog.
25832 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25836 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25838 name "LyX's homepage"
25839 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25846 \begin_layout Standard
25847 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25851 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25853 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25854 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25858 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25860 \begin_inset Newline newline
25868 \begin_inset Newline newline
25875 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25878 \begin_layout Section
25880 \begin_inset Index idx
25883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25890 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25892 name "sec:Appendices"
25899 \begin_layout Standard
25900 Appendices are created with the menu
25902 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25904 \begin_inset space ~
25908 \begin_inset space ~
25914 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25915 as the appendix region.
25916 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25919 \begin_layout Standard
25920 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25921 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25922 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25923 and the subsection number.
25924 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25928 \begin_layout Standard
25930 \begin_inset space ~
25934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25936 reference "cha:Credits"
25941 \begin_inset space ~
25945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25947 reference "sub:Export"
25954 \begin_layout Section
25956 \begin_inset Index idx
25959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25966 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25968 name "sec:Bibliography"
25975 \begin_layout Standard
25976 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25977 You can include a bibliography database,
25981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25982 Known under the name
25983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25995 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25996 manually, using the paragraph environment
26000 , which was described in section
26001 \begin_inset space ~
26005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26007 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26012 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26013 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26017 use a bibliography database.
26020 \begin_layout Subsection
26021 The Bibliography Environment
26024 \begin_layout Standard
26029 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26031 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26040 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26042 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26051 , a short form of its title, as key.
26054 \begin_layout Standard
26055 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26057 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26060 or the toolbar button
26063 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26067 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26068 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26069 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26070 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26074 \begin_layout Standard
26075 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26076 entry with surrounding brackets.
26081 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26082 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26094 \begin_layout Standard
26097 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26100 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26102 key "latexcompanion"
26109 \begin_layout Standard
26110 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26111 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26120 \begin_layout Subsection
26121 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26122 \begin_inset Index idx
26125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26126 Bibliography ! Databases
26132 \begin_inset Index idx
26135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26136 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26142 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26144 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26151 \begin_layout Standard
26152 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26158 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
26160 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26161 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26166 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26168 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26169 your working field in a database.
26170 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26171 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26173 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26177 \begin_layout Standard
26178 The database is a text file with the file extension
26179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26190 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26191 The format is explained in
26192 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26198 and in LaTeX books (
26199 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26201 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26206 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26207 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26208 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26209 \begin_inset Flex URL
26212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26214 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26222 \begin_layout Standard
26223 To use a database, use the menu
26225 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26230 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26243 \begin_inset space ~
26249 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26250 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26253 Add bibliography to TOC
26255 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26260 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26261 in the document or just the cited references.
26264 \begin_layout Standard
26265 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26277 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26278 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26279 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26281 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26287 For information how this is done, have a look at
26288 \begin_inset Newline newline
26292 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26294 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26306 \begin_layout Standard
26307 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26310 \begin_layout Standard
26311 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26312 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
26315 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26343 \begin_inset space ~
26349 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26355 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26364 \begin_layout Standard
26365 When you select the option
26367 Sectioned bibliography
26371 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26374 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26375 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26377 Customizing Bibliographies
26385 Additional Features
26390 \begin_layout Standard
26391 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26392 the two methods of creating them.
26393 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26394 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26395 We used the style file
26399 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26402 \begin_layout Subsection
26403 Bibliography layout
26404 \begin_inset Index idx
26407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26408 Bibliography ! Layout
26416 \begin_layout Standard
26417 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26418 For this feature you need to enable the option
26424 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26428 \begin_inset Index idx
26431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26432 Document ! Settings
26442 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26443 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26444 in the previous section.
26447 \begin_layout Standard
26448 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26449 in the citation reference window.
26450 Here an example where we set the text
26451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26455 \begin_inset space ~
26459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26462 to appear after the reference:
26465 \begin_layout Standard
26467 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26470 key "latexcompanion"
26477 \begin_layout Section
26479 \begin_inset Index idx
26482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26489 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26498 \begin_layout Standard
26499 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26501 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26503 \begin_inset space ~
26508 or the toolbar button
26516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26527 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26528 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26529 by LyX as the index entry.
26532 \begin_layout Standard
26533 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26534 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26536 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26538 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26545 \begin_layout Standard
26546 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26548 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26550 \begin_inset space ~
26554 \begin_inset space ~
26557 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26559 \begin_inset space ~
26565 A light blue box labeled
26566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26577 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26578 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26581 \begin_layout Subsection
26582 Grouping Index Entries
26583 \begin_inset Index idx
26586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26595 \begin_layout Standard
26596 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26598 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26599 lists under the entry
26600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26608 First we create the entry
26609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26617 \begin_inset space ~
26621 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26623 reference "sub:Lists"
26628 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26629 \begin_inset space ~
26633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26635 reference "sec:Itemize"
26639 , we insert the command
26642 \begin_layout Standard
26648 \begin_layout Standard
26652 \begin_layout Standard
26658 \begin_layout Standard
26659 for the enumerated list in section
26660 \begin_inset space ~
26664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26666 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26673 \begin_layout Standard
26674 The exclamation mark
26675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26682 marks the grouping levels.
26683 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26684 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26685 If we don't have an index entry for
26686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26693 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26696 \begin_layout Subsection
26698 \begin_inset Index idx
26701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26702 Index ! Page ranges
26710 \begin_layout Standard
26711 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26713 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26714 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26716 \begin_inset space ~
26720 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26722 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26729 \begin_layout Standard
26732 Paragraph environments|(
26735 \begin_layout Standard
26736 and another entry at the end of section
26737 \begin_inset space ~
26741 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26743 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26750 \begin_layout Standard
26753 Paragraph environments|)
26756 \begin_layout Standard
26758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26781 respectively start and end the index range.
26782 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26783 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26784 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26785 An example is the index entry
26786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26789 Document ! Settings
26790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26796 \begin_layout Subsection
26798 \begin_inset Index idx
26801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26802 Index ! Cross referencing
26810 \begin_layout Standard
26811 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26812 We referred for example in the index entry
26813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26821 \begin_inset space ~
26825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26827 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26831 ) to the index entry
26832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26839 in the same section using the entry
26842 \begin_layout Standard
26845 GIF|see{Image formats}
26848 \begin_layout Standard
26849 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26850 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26851 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26854 \begin_layout Subsection
26856 \begin_inset Index idx
26859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26860 Index ! Entry order
26868 \begin_layout Standard
26869 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26870 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26871 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26876 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26878 \begin_inset space ~
26882 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26884 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26893 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26894 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26919 \begin_inset Index idx
26922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26923 Dummy entries ! maïs
26929 \begin_inset Index idx
26932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26933 Dummy entries ! maître
26939 \begin_inset Index idx
26942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26943 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26948 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26949 order maïs, maison, maître.
26950 To achieve this, we use the command
26953 \begin_layout Standard
26956 previous entry@current entry
26959 \begin_layout Standard
26960 In our case we want to have
26961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26976 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26979 \begin_layout Standard
26985 \begin_layout Standard
26986 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26987 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26991 \begin_layout Standard
26992 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26998 \begin_layout Standard
26999 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27004 to generate the index (see sec.
27005 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27011 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27020 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27022 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27028 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27032 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27033 index commands start with
27034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27046 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27051 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27054 \begin_layout Standard
27066 \begin_layout Standard
27078 \begin_layout Subsection
27080 \begin_inset Index idx
27083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27084 Index ! Entry layout
27092 \begin_layout Standard
27093 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27094 \begin_inset Index idx
27097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27100 This is an italic dummy entry
27105 You can also format the page number using the character
27106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27113 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27114 We can write for example
27117 \begin_layout Standard
27120 italic page number:|textit
27123 \begin_layout Standard
27124 to get the page number in italic.
27125 \begin_inset Index idx
27128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27129 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27134 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27152 \begin_inset space ~
27158 Have a look at section
27159 \begin_inset space ~
27163 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27165 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27169 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27172 \begin_layout Standard
27173 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27181 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27185 to generate the index, see sec.
27186 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27192 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27201 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27202 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
27203 they can be used, see
27204 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27207 key "latexcompanion"
27219 \begin_layout Standard
27220 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27222 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27223 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27224 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27225 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27226 If so, put the following in the preamble
27229 \begin_layout Standard
27241 \begin_layout Standard
27245 \begin_layout Standard
27251 \begin_layout Standard
27252 in the index entry.
27253 \begin_inset Index idx
27256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27257 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27262 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27263 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27264 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27267 \begin_layout Standard
27268 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27270 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27274 \begin_inset space \space{}
27277 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27278 for all index entries.
27279 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27291 documentation for details,
27292 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27294 key "makeindex,xindy"
27301 \begin_layout Subsection
27303 \begin_inset Index idx
27306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27313 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27315 name "sub:Index-Program"
27322 \begin_layout Standard
27323 If the index entry program
27327 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27331 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27340 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27341 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27342 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27343 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27344 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27354 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27355 dialog, see section
27356 \begin_inset space ~
27360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27362 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27367 The available options are listed and explained in
27368 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27370 key "makeindex,xindy"
27375 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27379 \begin_layout Standard
27380 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27381 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27384 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27385 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27386 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27390 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27391 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27394 \begin_layout Subsection
27398 \begin_layout Standard
27399 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27400 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27408 next to the standard index.
27409 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27410 packages that add this feature.
27416 \begin_inset Index idx
27419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27420 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27425 package to generate multiple indexes.
27426 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27427 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
27428 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27435 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27436 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27437 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27440 \begin_layout Standard
27441 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27443 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27444 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27445 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27452 Use multiple Indexes
27453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27457 Note that the list of
27458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27465 below already contains the standard index.
27466 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27467 also appear as a heading) to the
27468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27475 input field and press the
27476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27484 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27485 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27486 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27490 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27496 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27497 indexes in the LyX work area.
27500 \begin_layout Standard
27501 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27504 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27506 \begin_inset space ~
27510 \begin_inset space ~
27519 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27520 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27521 are some additional features:
27524 \begin_layout Itemize
27525 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27526 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27529 \begin_layout Itemize
27530 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27531 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27540 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27542 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27545 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27546 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27547 to the non-subindexes.
27550 \begin_layout Section
27551 Nomenclature / Glossary
27552 \begin_inset Index idx
27555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27562 \begin_inset Index idx
27565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27594 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27596 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27603 \begin_layout Standard
27604 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27605 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27609 \begin_layout Standard
27610 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
27615 \begin_inset Index idx
27618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27619 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
27625 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27626 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27632 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27635 \begin_layout Standard
27636 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27637 and then use the menu
27639 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27645 \begin_inset space ~
27650 or the toolbar button
27653 arg "nomencl-insert"
27658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27669 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27672 \begin_layout Standard
27673 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27674 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27675 The second is the description of the symbol.
27678 \begin_layout Standard
27679 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27687 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27695 \begin_layout Subsection
27696 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27697 \begin_inset Index idx
27700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27701 Nomenclature ! Layout
27709 \begin_layout Standard
27710 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27714 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27720 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27728 \begin_inset Newline newline
27736 \begin_inset Newline newline
27742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27749 character starts/ends the formula.
27750 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27762 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27772 \begin_layout Standard
27773 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27774 \begin_inset space ~
27778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27780 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27787 \begin_layout Standard
27791 \begin_inset space ~
27796 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27797 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27802 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27809 in this document is:
27810 \begin_inset Newline newline
27815 dummy entry for the character
27820 \begin_inset Newline newline
27832 \begin_inset space ~
27842 font use the command
27871 \begin_layout Subsection
27872 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27873 \begin_inset Index idx
27876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27877 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27885 \begin_layout Standard
27886 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27887 the symbol definition.
27888 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27889 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27892 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27893 LatexCommand nomenclature
27895 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27902 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27906 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27907 LatexCommand nomenclature
27910 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27915 They will be sorted by
27916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27942 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27945 will be sorted before the
27949 since the character
27950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27957 is considered in sorting.
27960 \begin_layout Standard
27961 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27964 \begin_inset space ~
27969 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27970 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27972 For the example given, you can insert
27976 in this field for the
27977 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27984 will be located before
27985 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27991 \begin_layout Standard
27992 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27997 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28006 \begin_layout Subsection
28007 Nomenclature Options
28008 \begin_inset Index idx
28011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28012 Nomenclature ! Options
28020 \begin_layout Standard
28025 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28026 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28029 \begin_layout Description
28030 refeq Appends the phrase
28031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28046 to every nomenclature entry, where
28052 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28055 \begin_layout Description
28056 refpage Appends the phrase
28057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28072 to every nomenclature entry, where
28078 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28081 \begin_layout Description
28082 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28085 \begin_layout Standard
28086 There are furthermore the options
28130 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
28134 \begin_layout Standard
28135 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28136 class options list in the
28138 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28142 In this document the option
28149 \begin_layout Standard
28150 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28156 \begin_layout Standard
28157 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28158 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28163 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28166 \begin_layout Description
28176 \begin_layout Description
28179 nomrefpage Like the
28186 \begin_layout Description
28189 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28198 \begin_layout Description
28202 \begin_inset space ~
28208 \begin_inset space ~
28213 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28216 \begin_layout Subsection
28217 Printing the Nomenclature
28218 \begin_inset Index idx
28221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28222 Nomenclature ! Printing
28230 \begin_layout Standard
28231 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28233 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28235 \begin_inset space ~
28239 \begin_inset space ~
28242 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28246 A light blue box labeled
28247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28258 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28259 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
28262 \begin_layout Standard
28263 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28272 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28280 For example, in order to change the name to
28284 , add the following line to the preamble:
28287 \begin_layout Standard
28295 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28298 \begin_layout Standard
28299 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28305 \begin_layout Standard
28306 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
28307 by adding the following line to the preamble:
28310 \begin_layout Standard
28318 nomlabelwidth}{width}
28321 \begin_layout Standard
28324 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
28325 \begin_inset space ~
28329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28331 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
28336 The default value is 1
28337 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28343 \begin_layout Subsection
28344 Nomenclature Program
28345 \begin_inset Index idx
28348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28349 Nomenclature ! Program
28355 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28357 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28364 \begin_layout Standard
28365 LyX uses the program
28369 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28370 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28375 by adding options, see section
28376 \begin_inset space ~
28380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28382 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28387 The available options are listed and explained in
28388 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28390 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28397 \begin_layout Section
28399 \begin_inset Index idx
28402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28409 \begin_inset Index idx
28412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28413 Document ! Branches
28419 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28421 name "sec:Branches"
28428 \begin_layout Standard
28429 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28430 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28431 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28432 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28435 \begin_layout Standard
28436 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28437 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28438 To create a branch, either select the menu
28440 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28441 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28444 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28446 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28453 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28454 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28455 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28456 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28457 (see below for an example).
28458 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28459 to the name of the other) and to add
28460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28468 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28472 \begin_inset space ~
28475 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28476 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28479 \begin_layout Standard
28480 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28481 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28483 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28486 where you can choose a branch.
28487 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28491 \begin_layout Standard
28492 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28493 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28496 \begin_layout Standard
28497 \begin_inset Branch Question
28500 \begin_layout Standard
28501 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28509 \begin_layout Standard
28510 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28513 \begin_layout Standard
28514 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28522 \begin_layout Standard
28529 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28530 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28533 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28534 Consider for example a file
28535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28542 which has the above branches.
28544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28551 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28575 branch were inactive,
28576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28591 branch was active, likewise
28592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28607 branch was active, and
28608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28611 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
28612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28615 if both branches were active.
28616 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
28620 \begin_layout Standard
28621 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28627 \begin_layout Standard
28628 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
28629 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
28631 For example you can define for the question branch
28635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28636 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
28637 \begin_inset space ~
28641 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28643 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28655 \begin_layout Standard
28665 \begin_layout Standard
28675 \begin_layout Standard
28676 and for the answer branch
28679 \begin_layout Standard
28689 \begin_layout Standard
28699 \begin_layout Standard
28700 \begin_inset Branch Question
28703 \begin_layout Standard
28707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28735 \begin_layout Standard
28736 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28739 \begin_layout Standard
28743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28771 \begin_layout Standard
28772 Now it is possible to use the commands
28776 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28783 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28786 to obtain conditional output.
28787 Here is an example formula where only the
28794 \begin_inset Formula
28796 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
28804 \begin_layout Standard
28805 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
28813 \begin_layout Section
28815 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28817 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
28822 \begin_inset Index idx
28825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28834 \begin_layout Standard
28839 dialog allows you in the
28843 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
28844 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
28849 \begin_inset Index idx
28852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28853 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
28861 \begin_layout Standard
28866 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
28867 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
28868 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
28870 You can specify in the dialog tab
28874 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
28876 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
28877 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
28881 \begin_layout Standard
28886 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28887 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28888 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28890 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28891 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28893 \begin_inset space ~
28896 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28897 \begin_inset space ~
28900 1 will only display the sections.
28903 \begin_layout Standard
28904 The header information in the dialog tab
28908 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28909 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28910 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28914 \begin_inset space \space{}
28917 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28918 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28921 Automatic fill header
28923 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28924 title and author settings.
28927 \begin_layout Standard
28930 Load in fullscreen mode
28932 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28935 \begin_layout Standard
28936 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28937 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28943 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28944 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28953 \begin_layout Section
28954 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28955 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28957 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28964 \begin_layout Subsection
28966 \begin_inset Index idx
28969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28976 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28978 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28985 \begin_layout Standard
28986 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28987 constructs, but not all.
28988 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28989 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28990 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28991 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28992 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28996 \begin_layout Standard
28997 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28999 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29001 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29003 \begin_inset space ~
29008 or by the toolbar button
29015 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29019 \begin_layout Standard
29020 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29021 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29022 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29023 using the LaTeX-command
29029 , you can write the command part
29035 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29039 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29040 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29041 the following example:
29044 \begin_layout Standard
29045 \begin_inset Graphics
29046 filename clipart/ERT.png
29054 \begin_layout Standard
29058 \begin_layout Standard
29059 This is a line with a
29063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29086 \begin_layout Standard
29087 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29095 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29096 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29104 \begin_layout Subsection
29105 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29106 \begin_inset Argument
29109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29116 \begin_inset Index idx
29119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29126 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29128 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29135 \begin_layout Standard
29136 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29137 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29138 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29147 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29148 any time if you know the right commands.
29150 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29154 \begin_inset space \space{}
29157 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29159 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29160 all caption labels bold.
29161 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29163 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29167 \begin_layout Standard
29168 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29169 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29170 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29172 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29181 \begin_layout Standard
29182 As result you know that the package
29187 \begin_inset Index idx
29190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29191 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29197 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29199 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29205 \begin_layout Standard
29210 usepackage[options]{package name}
29213 \begin_layout Standard
29214 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29215 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29216 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29219 \begin_layout Standard
29220 In your case the package name is
29225 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29230 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29231 So you add the command
29234 \begin_layout Standard
29239 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29242 \begin_layout Standard
29243 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29248 For more commands provided by the
29252 package, have a look at its documentation,
29253 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29267 \begin_layout Standard
29268 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29270 For example if you use a
29274 class, you don't need the package
29278 , you can instead write
29281 \begin_layout Standard
29286 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29291 \begin_layout Standard
29292 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29293 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29294 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29301 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29304 \begin_layout Standard
29305 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29306 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29308 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29309 the previous section.
29312 \begin_layout Standard
29313 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29315 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29317 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29325 \begin_layout Section
29326 Previewing Snippets of your Document
29327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29329 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
29334 \begin_inset Index idx
29337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29344 \begin_inset Index idx
29347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29356 \begin_layout Standard
29357 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
29358 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
29359 to break your train of thought with
29361 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29367 \begin_layout Standard
29368 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
29369 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
29374 \begin_inset Index idx
29377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29378 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
29383 as explained below, and turn on
29386 \begin_inset space ~
29393 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29397 \begin_inset space ~
29401 \begin_inset space ~
29404 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29409 \begin_inset space ~
29414 is the multiplication factor for the size.
29417 \begin_layout Standard
29418 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
29420 Previews of an already loaded document are
29424 generated just by selecting the
29427 \begin_inset space ~
29432 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
29435 \begin_layout Standard
29436 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
29437 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
29440 \begin_inset space ~
29445 check box in the insert dialog.
29446 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
29450 \begin_layout Standard
29451 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
29455 (on some systems named simply
29460 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29462 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29468 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29469 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
29477 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
29481 \begin_layout Standard
29482 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29488 \begin_layout Standard
29489 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
29493 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29495 \begin_inset space ~
29500 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
29501 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
29503 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
29504 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
29505 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
29506 the source view window.
29509 \begin_layout Section
29510 Advanced Find and Replace
29511 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29513 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
29518 \begin_inset Index idx
29521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29528 \begin_inset Index idx
29531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29540 \begin_layout Subsection
29544 \begin_layout Standard
29545 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
29546 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
29547 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
29548 The key-features are:
29551 \begin_layout Itemize
29552 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
29553 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
29554 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
29558 \begin_layout Itemize
29559 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
29560 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
29561 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
29562 a section heading will only be found within section headings
29565 \begin_layout Itemize
29566 Search may be widened to a specific
29571 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29575 \begin_inset space ~
29578 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
29579 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
29586 \begin_layout Itemize
29587 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
29588 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
29589 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29593 \begin_inset space ~
29596 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
29599 \begin_layout Subsection
29603 \begin_layout Standard
29604 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
29607 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29620 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
29623 ) or the toolbar button
29626 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
29632 Advanced Find and Replace
29637 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29641 \begin_layout Standard
29646 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
29651 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
29656 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
29657 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
29658 Pressing repeatedly
29662 keeps searching forward.
29663 Similarly, pressing
29667 searches for the entered text backwards.
29670 \begin_layout Standard
29671 While searching, the
29675 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
29685 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
29688 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29689 Searching for mathematics
29692 \begin_layout Standard
29693 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
29697 editor a mathematical formula, such as
29698 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
29701 or also something more complex like
29702 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
29706 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
29707 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
29708 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
29709 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
29715 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29719 \begin_layout Standard
29720 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
29721 This is done by switching to the
29722 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987029
29726 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987031
29731 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
29736 This way, entering in the
29743 \begin_layout Itemize
29744 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
29745 in emphasized or boldface.
29748 \begin_layout Itemize
29749 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
29750 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
29751 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
29752 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
29755 \begin_layout Itemize
29756 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
29757 of if only within section headings.
29758 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
29759 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
29763 \begin_layout Itemize
29764 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
29765 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
29768 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29772 \begin_layout Standard
29773 The text segments matching the text entered in the
29777 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
29785 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
29789 button or alternatively
29811 \begin_layout Standard
29812 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
29813 text segments in your document.
29814 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
29818 \begin_layout Itemize
29819 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
29820 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
29821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29828 with its typewriter version
29831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29841 \begin_layout Itemize
29842 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
29844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29848 \begin_inset Formula $R$
29852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29860 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
29864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29867 (you may want to enable the
29875 options and disable the
29880 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987051
29884 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987053
29889 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
29890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29897 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
29898 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
29902 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
29905 , or occurrences of
29906 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
29910 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
29916 \begin_layout Subsection
29920 \begin_layout Standard
29921 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
29925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29926 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
29928 \begin_inset CommandInset href
29930 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
29939 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
29945 This is done via the menu
29947 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29948 Insert Regular Expression
29951 \change_deleted 5863208 1297986810
29960 while the cursor is in the
29965 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
29966 expression matching rules
29970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29971 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
29973 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29977 \begin_inset space ~
29980 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
29981 to match expressions.
29986 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
29987 same text in the document.
29988 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
29989 Examples of using such a feature may be:
29992 \begin_layout Enumerate
29993 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
29998 editor the fraction
29999 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
30003 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30006 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
30007 fractions with the given denominator.
30010 \begin_layout Enumerate
30011 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
30017 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987063
30021 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987065
30029 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30034 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
30035 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
30037 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30040 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
30041 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
30044 \begin_layout Standard
30045 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
30046 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
30047 \begin_inset Formula $()$
30050 , and referring back to them through
30051 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
30055 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
30059 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash$
30062 symbol is entered in regexp mode by pressing twice the backslash key.
30063 For example, try searching for the regexp
30064 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
30067 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
30070 \begin_layout Standard
30071 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
30072 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
30073 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
30074 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30078 \begin_inset space ~
30082 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
30085 always refers to the first occurrence of
30086 \begin_inset Formula $()$
30089 in all entered regexps.
30092 \begin_layout Standard
30093 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
30097 \begin_layout Section
30099 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30101 name "sec:Spellchecking"
30106 \begin_inset Index idx
30109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30118 \begin_layout Standard
30119 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
30120 Rather it uses one of the external programs
30137 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
30143 can be seen as the successor to
30151 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
30157 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
30158 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
30166 \begin_layout Standard
30167 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
30168 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
30175 \begin_layout Standard
30178 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30181 or the toolbar button
30184 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
30187 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
30188 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
30189 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
30190 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
30191 scrolled so that it is visible.
30196 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
30198 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
30202 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
30203 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
30206 \begin_layout Standard
30207 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
30210 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30214 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
30215 will bring an error message.
30216 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
30217 specifying a different
30219 Alternative language
30221 in preferences dialog.
30224 \begin_layout Standard
30225 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
30228 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30232 \begin_layout Standard
30233 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
30234 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
30236 But you can use the
30239 \begin_inset space ~
30243 \begin_inset space ~
30251 \begin_layout Standard
30252 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
30253 This does work with
30257 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
30260 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30264 \begin_layout Standard
30269 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
30272 \begin_layout Description
30274 \begin_inset space ~
30277 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
30278 should consider, e.
30279 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30283 \begin_inset space \space{}
30286 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
30287 This should not normally be needed.
30290 \begin_layout Description
30292 \begin_inset space ~
30295 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
30296 the spell checker's default choice
30299 \begin_layout Description
30301 \begin_inset space ~
30305 \begin_inset space ~
30308 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
30310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30320 \begin_layout Description
30322 \begin_inset space ~
30326 \begin_inset space ~
30329 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
30331 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30338 also for the spellchecker.
30342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30343 The encodings are explained in section
30344 \begin_inset space ~
30348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30350 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
30359 Only enable this if you use
30363 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
30364 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
30365 so this is disabled by default.
30368 \begin_layout Section
30370 \begin_inset Index idx
30373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30380 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30382 name "sec:Thesaurus"
30389 \begin_layout Standard
30390 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
30391 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
30400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30401 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30403 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
30412 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
30413 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
30414 are available for many languages.
30417 \begin_layout Standard
30418 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
30422 \begin_layout Subsection
30423 Setting up the thesaurus
30426 \begin_layout Standard
30431 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
30436 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
30441 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
30443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30447 en_EN for English).
30448 For instance, the English files are named:
30451 \begin_layout Itemize
30455 \begin_layout Itemize
30459 \begin_layout Standard
30460 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
30461 already on your system.
30462 If not, you can get dictionaries
30463 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121514
30465 \begin_inset Flex URL
30468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30470 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121516
30472 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
30482 \begin_inset Flex URL
30485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30487 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
30494 \change_deleted -712698321 1298121776
30495 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
30500 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
30502 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
30503 unpack a zip archive.
30504 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121667
30509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30511 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121689
30512 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, the files on
30513 \begin_inset Flex URL
30516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30518 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121688
30520 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
30525 are usually packed in extension archives (
30529 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
30531 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
30532 unpack a zip archive.
30540 \change_deleted -712698321 1298121653
30544 \begin_layout Standard
30553 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
30554 s), and specify the path to this directory in
30556 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30557 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30561 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
30564 \begin_layout Subsection
30565 Using the thesaurus
30568 \begin_layout Standard
30569 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
30571 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30574 or the toolbar button
30577 arg "thesaurus-entry"
30580 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
30582 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
30584 The proposals are grouped into categories.
30585 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
30586 and hyponyms (such as
30594 ), compounds (such as
30598 ) and antonyms (such as
30606 ), which are marked as such.
30609 \begin_layout Standard
30610 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
30611 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
30615 \begin_layout Standard
30616 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
30617 the dictionary, such as the above
30621 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
30622 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30626 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
30627 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
30628 For example looking up the word forms
30636 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
30641 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
30642 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30654 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
30655 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
30656 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
30659 \begin_layout Subsection
30660 License of the Thesaurus library
30663 \begin_layout Standard
30668 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
30673 as a standalone program.
30674 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
30675 The library was released under the
30677 Berkeley Database License
30679 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
30680 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
30681 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
30683 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
30686 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
30690 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
30693 \begin_layout Section
30695 \begin_inset Index idx
30698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30705 \begin_inset Index idx
30708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30709 Document ! Change Tracking
30715 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30717 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
30724 \begin_layout Standard
30725 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
30726 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
30727 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
30728 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
30730 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30732 \begin_inset space ~
30735 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30737 \begin_inset space ~
30745 \begin_layout Standard
30746 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
30760 The color depends on the author that made the change.
30761 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
30764 \begin_inset space ~
30768 \begin_inset space ~
30778 \begin_inset Index idx
30781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30782 Color ! Change tracking
30787 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
30788 the cursor is in changed text.
30789 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
30792 arg "changes-merge"
30798 \begin_layout Standard
30799 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
30800 \begin_inset Index idx
30803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30812 \begin_layout Standard
30813 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30819 \begin_layout Standard
30820 \begin_inset Graphics
30821 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
30829 \begin_layout Standard
30830 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30836 \begin_layout Standard
30837 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
30841 \begin_layout Standard
30842 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30848 \begin_layout Standard
30849 \begin_inset Tabular
30850 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
30851 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
30852 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
30853 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
30854 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30863 arg "changes-track"
30871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30877 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30879 \begin_inset space ~
30882 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30884 \begin_inset space ~
30893 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30902 arg "changes-output"
30910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30916 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30918 \begin_inset space ~
30921 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30923 \begin_inset space ~
30927 \begin_inset space ~
30931 \begin_inset space ~
30940 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30961 Jumps to the next change
30967 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30976 arg "change-accept"
30984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30990 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30992 \begin_inset space ~
30995 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30997 \begin_inset space ~
31006 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31015 arg "change-reject"
31023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31029 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31031 \begin_inset space ~
31034 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31036 \begin_inset space ~
31045 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31054 arg "changes-merge"
31062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31068 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31070 \begin_inset space ~
31073 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31075 \begin_inset space ~
31084 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31093 arg "all-changes-accept"
31101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31107 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31109 \begin_inset space ~
31112 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31114 \begin_inset space ~
31118 \begin_inset space ~
31127 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31136 arg "all-changes-reject"
31144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31150 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31152 \begin_inset space ~
31155 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31157 \begin_inset space ~
31161 \begin_inset space ~
31170 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31193 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31194 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31196 \begin_inset space ~
31205 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31228 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31230 \begin_inset space ~
31246 \begin_layout Standard
31247 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31253 \begin_layout Standard
31254 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
31255 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
31256 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
31257 the next change after the current cursor position.
31258 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
31259 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
31260 step to the next change.
31261 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
31264 \begin_layout Standard
31265 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
31266 to describe a change.
31269 \begin_layout Standard
31270 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
31275 \begin_inset Index idx
31278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31279 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
31285 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
31286 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31292 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
31295 \begin_layout Section
31296 International Support
31297 \begin_inset Index idx
31300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31301 International support
31309 \begin_layout Standard
31310 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
31311 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
31312 how to set up LyX to use them:
31313 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31315 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
31322 \begin_layout Standard
31323 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
31324 \begin_inset space ~
31328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31330 reference "sub:Special-Character"
31337 \begin_layout Subsection
31339 \begin_inset Index idx
31342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31349 \begin_inset Index idx
31352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31353 Document ! Settings
31359 \begin_inset Index idx
31362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31363 Document ! Language
31371 \begin_layout Standard
31374 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31377 dialog lets you set
31379 the language and character encoding for your language.
31383 \begin_layout Standard
31384 Choose your language in the
31388 section of this dialog.
31396 \begin_layout Standard
31401 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
31406 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
31407 For details about the different encoding options see section
31408 \begin_inset space ~
31412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31414 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
31421 \begin_layout Subsection
31422 Keyboard mapping configuration
31423 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31425 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
31432 \begin_layout Standard
31433 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
31434 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
31435 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
31436 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
31437 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
31439 \begin_inset space ~
31443 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31445 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
31450 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
31451 which one you want to use.
31454 \begin_layout Standard
31455 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
31456 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
31457 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
31458 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
31459 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
31460 one to support the characters you want.
31461 This and many other customizations are explained in the
31468 \begin_layout Subsection
31472 \begin_layout Standard
31474 \begin_inset space ~
31478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31480 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
31489 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
31493 \begin_layout Standard
31494 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
31495 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
31503 \begin_layout Itemize
31504 Even if you have selected
31510 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31513 dialog, users who have only the
31517 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
31521 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
31522 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
31523 french quotes won't show up.
31526 \begin_layout Standard
31527 \begin_inset Float table
31532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31533 \begin_inset Caption
31535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31536 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31538 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
31554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31556 \begin_inset Tabular
31557 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
31558 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
31559 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31560 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31561 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31562 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31563 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31564 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31565 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31566 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31567 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31568 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31569 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31570 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31571 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31572 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31573 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31574 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31575 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35988 \begin_layout Standard
35989 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
35991 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
35992 also the characters from
36004 \begin_layout Itemize
36013 \begin_layout Standard
36014 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
36015 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36021 \begin_layout Standard
36022 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
36023 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36029 \begin_layout Standard
36030 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
36031 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36037 \begin_layout Standard
36038 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
36039 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36045 \begin_layout Standard
36047 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36053 \begin_layout Standard
36055 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36061 \begin_layout Standard
36063 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36070 \begin_layout Itemize
36083 \begin_layout Standard
36085 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36091 \begin_layout Standard
36093 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36099 \begin_layout Standard
36101 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36107 \begin_layout Standard
36109 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36115 \begin_layout Standard
36117 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36123 \begin_layout Standard
36125 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36132 \begin_layout Standard
36133 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
36134 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
36135 Also make sure you're using the
36142 \begin_layout Chapter
36145 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36147 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
36154 \begin_layout Standard
36155 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
36156 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
36157 topic inside the user's guide.
36160 \begin_layout Section
36162 \begin_inset Index idx
36165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36174 \begin_layout Standard
36179 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
36180 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
36183 \begin_layout Subsection
36187 \begin_layout Standard
36188 Creates a new document.
36191 \begin_layout Subsection
36195 \begin_layout Standard
36196 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
36197 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
36198 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
36201 \begin_layout Subsection
36205 \begin_layout Standard
36209 \begin_layout Subsection
36213 \begin_layout Standard
36214 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
36215 Click there on a file to open it.
36218 \begin_layout Subsection
36222 \begin_layout Standard
36223 Closes the current document.
36226 \begin_layout Subsection
36230 \begin_layout Standard
36231 Closes all opened documents.
36234 \begin_layout Subsection
36238 \begin_layout Standard
36239 Saves the actual document.
36242 \begin_layout Subsection
36246 \begin_layout Standard
36247 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
36250 \begin_layout Subsection
36254 \begin_layout Standard
36255 Saves all opened documents.
36258 \begin_layout Subsection
36262 \begin_layout Standard
36263 Reloads the actual document from disk.
36266 \begin_layout Subsection
36270 \begin_layout Standard
36271 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
36272 It is described in the section
36274 Version Control in LyX
36278 Additional Features
36283 \begin_layout Subsection
36287 \begin_layout Standard
36288 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
36289 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
36290 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
36291 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
36294 \begin_layout Standard
36295 When using the menu entry
36298 \begin_inset space ~
36303 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
36307 \begin_inset space ~
36311 \begin_inset space ~
36316 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
36317 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
36320 \begin_layout Subsection
36322 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36331 \begin_layout Standard
36332 You can export your document to various file formats.
36333 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
36334 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
36335 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
36338 \begin_layout Standard
36339 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
36341 \begin_inset space ~
36345 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36347 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
36354 \begin_layout Description
36358 \begin_inset space ~
36363 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
36365 \begin_inset Newline newline
36368 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
36371 \begin_layout Description
36379 \begin_layout Description
36380 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
36384 \begin_layout Description
36386 \begin_inset space ~
36390 \begin_inset space ~
36393 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
36397 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
36405 \begin_layout Description
36412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36420 \begin_inset space ~
36425 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
36426 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
36430 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
36433 \begin_layout Description
36440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36448 \begin_inset space ~
36453 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
36454 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
36462 \begin_layout Description
36464 \begin_inset space ~
36467 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
36468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36475 is replaced by the version number)
36478 \begin_layout Description
36479 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
36482 \begin_layout Description
36483 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
36496 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
36500 \begin_layout Description
36504 \begin_inset space ~
36509 PDF-format using the program
36514 \begin_layout Description
36518 \begin_inset space ~
36523 PDF-format using the program
36528 \begin_layout Description
36532 \begin_inset space ~
36537 PDF-format using the program
36542 \begin_layout Description
36546 \begin_inset space ~
36554 \begin_layout Description
36558 \begin_inset space ~
36562 \begin_inset space ~
36567 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
36568 and then exported as text using the program
36573 \begin_layout Description
36578 PostScript format using the program
36583 \begin_layout Description
36591 \begin_layout Standard
36596 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
36597 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
36603 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
36606 \begin_layout Standard
36607 If one of the menu entries
36614 \begin_inset space ~
36623 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
36624 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
36625 \begin_inset space ~
36629 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36631 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36636 \begin_inset Index idx
36639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36640 Reconfiguration of LyX
36648 \begin_layout Standard
36653 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
36654 the export program.
36657 \begin_layout Subsection
36661 \begin_layout Standard
36662 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
36663 format or send it to a printer.
36664 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
36665 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
36671 For more information have a look at section
36672 \begin_inset space ~
36676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36678 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
36685 \begin_layout Subsection
36689 \begin_layout Standard
36690 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
36691 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
36692 prefix, see section
36693 \begin_inset space ~
36697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36699 reference "sec:Paths"
36704 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
36713 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
36714 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
36715 \begin_inset space ~
36719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36721 reference "sub:Converters"
36728 \begin_layout Subsection
36729 New and Close Window
36732 \begin_layout Standard
36733 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
36736 \begin_layout Subsection
36740 \begin_layout Standard
36741 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
36744 \begin_layout Section
36746 \begin_inset Index idx
36749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36758 \begin_layout Subsection
36762 \begin_layout Standard
36763 Described in section
36764 \begin_inset space ~
36768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36770 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
36777 \begin_layout Subsection
36778 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
36781 \begin_layout Standard
36782 Described in section
36783 \begin_inset space ~
36787 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36789 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
36796 \begin_layout Subsection
36800 \begin_layout Standard
36801 Selects the whole document.
36804 \begin_layout Subsection
36808 \begin_layout Standard
36809 Described in section
36810 \begin_inset space ~
36814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36816 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
36823 \begin_layout Subsection
36824 Move Paragraph Up/Down
36827 \begin_layout Standard
36828 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
36832 \begin_layout Subsection
36836 \begin_layout Standard
36837 Described in section
36838 \begin_inset space ~
36842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36844 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
36851 \begin_layout Subsection
36853 \begin_inset Index idx
36856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36857 Paragraph ! Settings
36865 \begin_layout Standard
36866 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
36867 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
36870 \begin_layout Standard
36871 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
36872 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
36874 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36880 \begin_inset space ~
36888 \begin_layout Subsection
36889 Table Settings and Math
36892 \begin_layout Standard
36893 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
36895 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
36896 The properties of tables are described in section
36897 \begin_inset space ~
36901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36903 reference "sec:Tables"
36907 , the properties of formulas in chapter
36908 \begin_inset space ~
36912 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36914 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
36921 \begin_layout Subsection
36922 Increase / Decrease List Depth
36925 \begin_layout Standard
36926 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
36927 that can be nested.
36928 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
36929 \begin_inset space ~
36933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36935 reference "sec:Nesting"
36940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36942 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36949 \begin_layout Section
36951 \begin_inset Index idx
36954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36963 \begin_layout Standard
36968 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
36969 document with an external program.
36970 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
36971 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
36972 All possible formats are formats listed in section
36973 \begin_inset space ~
36977 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36979 reference "sub:Export"
36984 You should at least see the menu entries
36991 \begin_inset space ~
36997 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
36998 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
36999 \begin_inset space ~
37003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37005 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37010 \begin_inset Index idx
37013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37014 Reconfiguration of LyX
37022 \begin_layout Standard
37023 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
37024 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
37025 \begin_inset space ~
37029 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37031 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37036 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
37039 \begin_layout Standard
37040 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
37043 At the bottom of the
37047 menu the opened documents are listed.
37050 \begin_layout Subsection
37051 Open/Close all Insets
37054 \begin_layout Standard
37055 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
37058 \begin_layout Subsection
37059 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
37062 \begin_layout Standard
37063 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
37066 \begin_layout Standard
37067 Math macros are described in the
37074 \begin_layout Subsection
37078 \begin_layout Standard
37079 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
37081 \begin_inset space ~
37085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37087 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
37092 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219943
37096 \begin_layout Subsection
37098 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219959
37102 \begin_layout Standard
37104 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220076
37105 Opens a window showing console messages.
37106 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
37107 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37110 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
37111 while LaTeX is processing the document,
37114 \begin_layout Subsection
37116 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220084
37120 \begin_layout Standard
37122 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220342
37123 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
37124 format either in the preferences (see sec.
37125 \begin_inset space ~
37129 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37131 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37135 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
37136 \begin_inset space ~
37140 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37142 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
37146 ), for instance PDF, and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
37149 \begin_layout Subsection
37151 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220353
37152 View (Other Formats)
37155 \begin_layout Standard
37157 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220444
37158 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
37163 \begin_layout Subsection
37167 \begin_layout Standard
37168 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes
37169 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220297
37170 (in the default output format as described in the previous section)
37172 without opening a new view
37173 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220263
37177 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220384
37181 \begin_layout Subsection
37183 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220388
37184 Update (Other Formats)
37187 \begin_layout Standard
37189 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220467
37190 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
37191 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
37194 \begin_layout Subsection
37196 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220487
37197 View Master Document
37200 \begin_layout Standard
37202 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220814
37203 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
37205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37220 manual for more information on this topic).
37221 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
37222 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
37227 generates the output of the whole book, while
37231 will just output the chapter alone.
37234 \begin_layout Standard
37236 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220854
37237 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
37238 in the preferences (see sec.
37239 \begin_inset space ~
37243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37245 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37249 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
37250 \begin_inset space ~
37254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37256 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
37263 \begin_layout Subsection
37265 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220878
37266 Update Master Document
37269 \begin_layout Standard
37271 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220947
37272 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
37274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37289 manual for more information on this topic).
37290 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
37291 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
37294 \begin_layout Standard
37296 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220879
37297 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
37298 in the preferences (see sec.
37299 \begin_inset space ~
37303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37305 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37309 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
37310 \begin_inset space ~
37314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37316 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
37323 \begin_layout Subsection
37327 \begin_layout Standard
37328 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
37329 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
37330 view the same document, but at different positions.
37331 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
37332 or more documents at the same time.
37333 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
37340 \begin_layout Subsection
37344 \begin_layout Standard
37345 Closes a split view.
37348 \begin_layout Subsection
37352 \begin_layout Standard
37353 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
37354 so that you will see nothing but your text.
37355 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
37356 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
37357 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
37360 \begin_layout Subsection
37362 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37364 name "sub:Toolbars"
37369 \begin_inset Index idx
37372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37381 \begin_layout Standard
37382 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
37383 All toolbars and the
37386 \begin_inset space ~
37391 can be turned on and off.
37396 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
37408 \begin_inset space ~
37417 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
37421 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
37428 \begin_layout Standard
37433 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
37437 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
37438 or when a certain feature is enabled.
37439 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
37440 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
37441 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
37444 \begin_layout Standard
37445 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
37446 \begin_inset space ~
37450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37452 reference "sec:Toolbars"
37459 \begin_layout Section
37461 \begin_inset Index idx
37464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37473 \begin_layout Subsection
37477 \begin_layout Standard
37478 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
37479 \begin_inset space ~
37483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37485 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
37496 \begin_layout Subsection
37498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37500 name "sub:Special-Character"
37507 \begin_layout Standard
37508 Here you can insert the following characters:
37511 \begin_layout Description
37512 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
37513 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
37514 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
37515 \begin_inset Newline newline
37519 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37527 Not all characters will be visible in the
37531 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
37533 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37539 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
37543 ) can display every character.
37551 \begin_layout Description
37552 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
37556 \begin_layout Description
37558 \begin_inset space ~
37562 \begin_inset space ~
37565 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
37566 \begin_inset space ~
37570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37572 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
37579 \begin_layout Description
37581 \begin_inset space ~
37584 Quote Inserts this quote:
37585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37588 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
37590 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37600 \begin_layout Description
37602 \begin_inset space ~
37605 Quote Inserts this quote:
37606 \begin_inset Quotes els
37612 \begin_layout Description
37614 \begin_inset space ~
37617 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
37621 \begin_layout Description
37623 \begin_inset space ~
37626 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
37630 \begin_layout Description
37632 \begin_inset space ~
37635 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37639 \begin_layout Description
37641 \begin_inset space ~
37645 \begin_inset Index idx
37648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37655 \begin_inset Index idx
37658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37659 Language ! Phonetic symbols
37664 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
37665 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
37666 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
37671 \begin_inset Index idx
37674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37675 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
37681 \begin_inset Newline newline
37684 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
37688 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37696 and this Wiki-page:
37697 \begin_inset Newline newline
37701 \begin_inset Flex URL
37704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37706 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
37714 \begin_layout Subsection
37718 \begin_layout Standard
37719 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
37722 \begin_layout Description
37723 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
37724 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
37730 \begin_layout Description
37731 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
37732 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
37738 \begin_layout Description
37740 \begin_inset space ~
37743 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
37744 \begin_inset space ~
37748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37750 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
37757 \begin_layout Description
37759 \begin_inset space ~
37762 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
37763 \begin_inset space ~
37767 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37769 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
37776 \begin_layout Description
37778 \begin_inset space ~
37781 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
37782 \begin_inset space ~
37786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37788 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
37795 \begin_layout Description
37797 \begin_inset space ~
37800 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
37801 \begin_inset space ~
37805 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37807 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
37814 \begin_layout Description
37816 \begin_inset space ~
37819 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
37820 \begin_inset space ~
37824 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37826 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
37833 \begin_layout Description
37835 \begin_inset space ~
37838 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
37839 \begin_inset space ~
37843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37845 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
37852 \begin_layout Description
37854 \begin_inset space ~
37857 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
37858 \begin_inset space ~
37862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37864 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
37871 \begin_layout Description
37873 \begin_inset space ~
37876 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
37877 \begin_inset space ~
37881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37883 reference "sub:Ligatures"
37890 \begin_layout Description
37892 \begin_inset space ~
37896 \begin_inset space ~
37899 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
37900 \begin_inset space ~
37904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37906 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
37913 \begin_layout Description
37915 \begin_inset space ~
37918 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
37919 text line to the page border, see section
37920 \begin_inset space ~
37924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37926 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
37933 \begin_layout Description
37935 \begin_inset space ~
37938 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
37939 \begin_inset space ~
37943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37945 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
37952 \begin_layout Description
37954 \begin_inset space ~
37957 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
37958 text page to the page border, described in section
37959 \begin_inset space ~
37963 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37965 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
37972 \begin_layout Description
37974 \begin_inset space ~
37977 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
37978 \begin_inset space ~
37982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37984 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
37991 \begin_layout Description
37993 \begin_inset space ~
37997 \begin_inset space ~
38000 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
38001 \begin_inset space ~
38005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38007 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
38014 \begin_layout Subsection
38018 \begin_layout Standard
38019 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
38020 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
38022 \begin_inset space ~
38026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38028 reference "sec:toc"
38033 The index list is described in section
38034 \begin_inset space ~
38038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38040 reference "sec:Index"
38044 , the nomenclature in section
38045 \begin_inset space ~
38049 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38051 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
38055 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
38056 \begin_inset space ~
38060 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38062 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
38069 \begin_layout Subsection
38073 \begin_layout Standard
38074 To insert floats, described in section
38075 \begin_inset space ~
38079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38081 reference "sec:Floats"
38088 \begin_layout Subsection
38092 \begin_layout Standard
38093 To insert notes, described in section
38094 \begin_inset space ~
38098 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38100 reference "sec:Notes"
38107 \begin_layout Subsection
38111 \begin_layout Standard
38112 Inserts branch insets as described in section
38113 \begin_inset space ~
38117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38119 reference "sec:Branches"
38126 \begin_layout Subsection
38130 \begin_layout Standard
38131 Inserts document class-specific insets.
38132 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
38134 An example is the document class
38135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38142 with three custom insets.
38145 Flex insets and InsetLayout
38151 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
38154 \begin_layout Subsection
38156 \begin_inset Index idx
38159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38168 \begin_layout Standard
38169 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
38170 files in your document.
38171 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
38182 \begin_layout Subsection
38184 \begin_inset Index idx
38187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38196 \begin_layout Standard
38197 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
38198 \begin_inset space ~
38202 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38204 reference "sec:Minipages"
38209 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
38220 \begin_layout Subsection
38224 \begin_layout Standard
38225 Inserts a citation as described in section
38226 \begin_inset space ~
38230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38232 reference "sec:Bibliography"
38239 \begin_layout Subsection
38243 \begin_layout Standard
38244 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
38245 \begin_inset space ~
38249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38251 reference "sec:Cross-References"
38258 \begin_layout Subsection
38262 \begin_layout Standard
38263 Inserts a label as described in section
38264 \begin_inset space ~
38268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38270 reference "sec:Cross-References"
38277 \begin_layout Subsection
38279 \begin_inset Index idx
38282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38289 \begin_inset Index idx
38292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38293 Longtables ! Caption
38301 \begin_layout Standard
38302 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
38303 Floats are described in section
38304 \begin_inset space ~
38308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38310 reference "sec:Floats"
38314 , captions in longtables are described in the section
38325 \begin_layout Subsection
38329 \begin_layout Standard
38330 Inserts an index entry as described in section
38331 \begin_inset space ~
38335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38337 reference "sec:Index"
38344 \begin_layout Subsection
38348 \begin_layout Standard
38349 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
38350 \begin_inset space ~
38354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38356 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
38363 \begin_layout Subsection
38367 \begin_layout Standard
38369 Tables are described in section
38370 \begin_inset space ~
38374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38376 reference "sec:Tables"
38383 \begin_layout Subsection
38387 \begin_layout Standard
38389 Graphics are described in section
38390 \begin_inset space ~
38394 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38396 reference "sec:Graphics"
38403 \begin_layout Subsection
38407 \begin_layout Standard
38408 Inserts an URL as described in section
38409 \begin_inset space ~
38413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38415 reference "sub:URLs"
38422 \begin_layout Subsection
38426 \begin_layout Standard
38427 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
38428 \begin_inset space ~
38432 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38434 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
38441 \begin_layout Subsection
38445 \begin_layout Standard
38446 Inserts a footnote, see section
38447 \begin_inset space ~
38451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38453 reference "sec:Footnotes"
38460 \begin_layout Subsection
38464 \begin_layout Standard
38465 Inserts a marginal note, see section
38466 \begin_inset space ~
38470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38472 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
38479 \begin_layout Subsection
38483 \begin_layout Standard
38484 Inserts a short title, see section
38485 \begin_inset space ~
38489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38491 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
38498 \begin_layout Subsection
38502 \begin_layout Standard
38503 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
38504 \begin_inset space ~
38508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38510 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
38517 \begin_layout Subsection
38519 \begin_inset Index idx
38522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38531 \begin_layout Standard
38532 Inserts a program listings box.
38533 Program listings are explained in the chapter
38535 Program Code Listings
38544 \begin_layout Subsection
38548 \begin_layout Standard
38549 Inserts the actual date.
38550 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
38552 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
38564 \begin_layout Section
38566 \begin_inset Index idx
38569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38578 \begin_layout Standard
38579 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
38580 \begin_inset space ~
38583 of the current document.
38584 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
38587 \begin_layout Subsection
38591 \begin_layout Standard
38592 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
38593 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
38595 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38599 \begin_inset space \space{}
38603 \begin_inset space ~
38607 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
38608 \begin_inset space ~
38611 2.5 and use the menu
38614 \begin_inset space ~
38618 \begin_inset space ~
38625 \begin_inset space ~
38631 \begin_inset space ~
38635 \begin_inset space ~
38641 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
38645 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
38651 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
38657 \begin_layout Standard
38658 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
38659 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
38662 \begin_layout Subsection
38663 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
38666 \begin_layout Standard
38667 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
38671 \begin_layout Subsection
38675 \begin_layout Standard
38676 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
38677 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
38678 on a cross-reference box.
38681 \begin_layout Section
38683 \begin_inset Index idx
38686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38695 \begin_layout Subsection
38699 \begin_layout Standard
38700 Change Tracking is described in section
38701 \begin_inset space ~
38705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38707 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38714 \begin_layout Subsection
38719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38729 \begin_layout Standard
38730 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
38732 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
38735 \begin_layout Standard
38736 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
38741 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
38744 \begin_layout Subsection
38748 \begin_layout Standard
38749 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
38750 \begin_inset space ~
38754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38756 reference "sec:Navigating"
38761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38763 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
38770 \begin_layout Subsection
38771 Start Appendix Here
38774 \begin_layout Standard
38775 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
38776 position as described in section
38777 \begin_inset space ~
38781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38783 reference "sec:Appendices"
38790 \begin_layout Subsection
38794 \begin_layout Standard
38795 Un/compresses the current document.
38798 \begin_layout Subsection
38802 \begin_layout Standard
38803 The document settings are described in appendix
38804 \begin_inset space ~
38808 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38810 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38817 \begin_layout Section
38819 \begin_inset Index idx
38822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38831 \begin_layout Subsection
38835 \begin_layout Standard
38836 Spell checking is explained in section
38837 \begin_inset space ~
38841 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38843 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
38850 \begin_layout Subsection
38854 \begin_layout Standard
38855 The thesaurus is described in section
38856 \begin_inset space ~
38860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38862 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
38869 \begin_layout Subsection
38871 \begin_inset Index idx
38874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38881 \begin_inset Index idx
38884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38893 \begin_layout Standard
38894 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
38895 highlighted document part.
38898 \begin_layout Subsection
38900 \begin_inset Index idx
38903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38912 \begin_layout Standard
38913 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
38916 \begin_layout Subsection
38918 \begin_inset Index idx
38921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38922 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
38926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38933 Reconfiguration of LyX
38937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38950 \begin_inset Index idx
38953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38954 Reconfiguration of LyX
38962 \begin_layout Standard
38963 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
38964 and needed programs it needs; see also section
38965 \begin_inset space ~
38969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38971 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38978 \begin_layout Subsection
38982 \begin_layout Standard
38983 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
38984 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38988 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38990 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38997 \begin_layout Section
38999 \begin_inset Index idx
39002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39011 \begin_layout Standard
39012 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
39016 \begin_layout Standard
39020 \begin_inset space ~
39025 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
39026 found by LyX (see also section
39027 \begin_inset space ~
39031 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39033 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
39040 \begin_layout Section
39042 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39044 name "sec:Toolbars"
39051 \begin_layout Standard
39052 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
39053 \begin_inset space ~
39057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39059 reference "sub:Toolbars"
39066 \begin_layout Standard
39067 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
39068 This is described in the
39070 Additional Features
39075 \begin_layout Subsection
39077 \begin_inset Index idx
39080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39089 \begin_layout Standard
39090 \begin_inset Graphics
39091 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
39099 \begin_layout Standard
39100 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39106 \begin_layout Standard
39107 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
39112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39124 \begin_inset Note Note
39127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39128 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
39133 manual for more information.
39141 \begin_layout Standard
39142 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39148 \begin_layout Standard
39149 \begin_inset Tabular
39150 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
39151 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39152 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
39153 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
39155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39159 \begin_inset Graphics
39160 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
39170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39174 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
39187 \begin_layout Standard
39188 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
39194 \begin_layout Standard
39196 \begin_inset Tabular
39197 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
39198 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39199 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39200 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39201 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39224 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39231 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39254 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39261 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39284 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39291 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39300 arg "dialog-show print"
39308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39314 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39321 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39330 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
39338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39344 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39351 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39374 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39381 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39404 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39411 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39434 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39441 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39464 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39471 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39494 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39501 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39510 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
39518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39524 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39526 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39530 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39539 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39548 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
39556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39562 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39563 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39570 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39591 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
39593 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39595 \begin_inset space ~
39606 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39627 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
39629 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39631 \begin_inset space ~
39642 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39651 arg "textstyle-apply"
39659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39663 Formats text using the current settings in the
39665 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39667 \begin_inset space ~
39678 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39701 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39702 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39704 \begin_inset space ~
39713 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39722 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
39730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39736 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39743 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39748 \begin_inset Graphics
39749 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
39751 groupId toolbarbuttons
39760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39766 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39773 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39782 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
39790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39794 Toggle outline window on/off,
39796 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39803 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39812 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
39820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39824 Toggle math toolbar on/off
39830 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39839 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
39847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39851 Toggle table toolbar on/off
39864 \begin_layout Subsection
39866 \begin_inset Index idx
39869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39878 \begin_layout Standard
39879 \begin_inset Graphics
39880 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
39888 \begin_layout Standard
39889 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39895 \begin_layout Standard
39896 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
39900 \begin_layout Standard
39901 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39907 \begin_layout Standard
39908 \begin_inset Tabular
39909 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
39910 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39911 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39912 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39913 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39940 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39949 arg "layout Enumerate"
39957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39967 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39976 arg "layout Itemize"
39984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39994 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40021 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40030 arg "layout Description"
40038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40048 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40057 arg "depth-increment"
40065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40071 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40073 \begin_inset space ~
40077 \begin_inset space ~
40086 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40095 arg "depth-decrement"
40103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40109 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40111 \begin_inset space ~
40115 \begin_inset space ~
40124 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40133 arg "float-insert figure"
40141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40147 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40148 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40155 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40164 arg "float-insert table"
40172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40178 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40179 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40186 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40209 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40216 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40225 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
40233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40239 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40246 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40255 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
40263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40269 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40276 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40299 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40301 \begin_inset space ~
40310 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40319 arg "nomencl-insert"
40327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40333 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40335 \begin_inset space ~
40344 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40353 arg "footnote-insert"
40361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40367 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40374 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40383 arg "marginalnote-insert"
40391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40397 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40399 \begin_inset space ~
40408 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40431 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40432 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40434 \begin_inset space ~
40443 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40452 arg "box-insert Frameless"
40460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40466 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40473 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40496 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40503 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40526 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40548 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40557 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
40565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40571 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40572 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40579 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40588 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
40596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40602 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40603 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40605 \begin_inset space ~
40614 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40623 arg "dialog-show character"
40631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40637 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40639 \begin_inset space ~
40648 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40657 arg "layout-paragraph"
40665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40671 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40673 \begin_inset space ~
40682 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40691 arg "thesaurus-entry"
40699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40705 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40719 \begin_layout Subsection
40720 View / Update Toolbar
40721 \begin_inset Index idx
40724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40725 Toolbar ! View / Update
40731 \change_inserted -712698321 1299491111
40735 \begin_layout Standard
40736 \begin_inset Graphics
40737 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
40744 \begin_layout Standard
40745 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40751 \begin_layout Standard
40752 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
40756 \begin_layout Standard
40757 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40763 \begin_layout Standard
40764 \begin_inset Tabular
40765 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
40766 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40767 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40768 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40769 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40792 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40794 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219015
40796 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219016
40805 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40814 arg "buffer-update"
40822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40828 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40830 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219034
40831 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40840 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40849 arg "master-buffer-view"
40857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40863 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40865 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219081
40867 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219082
40876 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40885 arg "master-buffer-update"
40893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40899 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40901 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219101
40902 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40904 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219102
40913 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40922 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
40930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40935 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219324
40939 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219325
40942 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40944 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219329
40946 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219342
40947 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40948 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40949 Synchronize with Output
40957 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40963 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219584
40964 \begin_inset Graphics
40965 filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/view-others.png
40967 groupId toolbarbuttons
40974 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219431
40978 arg "buffer-update ps"
40988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40995 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219507
40996 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40998 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219457
40999 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41000 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41002 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219471
41003 View (Other Formats)
41011 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41017 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219587
41018 \begin_inset Graphics
41019 filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/update-others.png
41021 groupId toolbarbuttons
41030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41035 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219513
41038 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41039 Update (Other Formats)
41050 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219552
41054 \begin_layout Standard
41056 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219630
41057 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
41063 \begin_layout Subsection
41067 \begin_layout Standard
41068 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
41069 \begin_inset space ~
41073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41075 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41079 , the table toolbar
41080 \begin_inset Index idx
41083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41093 manual, the math macro toolbar
41094 \begin_inset Index idx
41097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41110 \begin_layout Chapter
41111 The Document Settings
41112 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41114 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
41119 \begin_inset Index idx
41122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41123 Document ! Settings
41131 \begin_layout Standard
41132 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
41133 whole document and is called with the menu
41135 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41139 You can save your document settings as default with th
41141 e Save as Document Defaults
41143 button in the dialog.
41144 This will create a template named
41148 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
41152 \begin_layout Standard
41153 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
41156 \begin_layout Section
41160 \begin_layout Standard
41161 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
41163 Document classes are described in section
41164 \begin_inset space ~
41168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41170 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
41175 Some classes use some class options by default.
41176 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
41180 and you can decide to use them or not.
41181 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
41182 recommended not to touch them.
41183 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
41189 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
41190 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
41195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41196 When you want one of the following drivers
41197 \begin_inset Newline newline
41200 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
41201 \begin_inset Newline newline
41204 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
41205 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41209 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41211 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
41223 \begin_layout Standard
41224 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
41225 child or subdocument.
41226 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
41227 without its master.
41228 This way child documents are always compilable.
41229 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
41240 \begin_layout Section
41244 \begin_layout Standard
41245 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
41246 Please refer to the section
41254 manual for details.
41257 \begin_layout Section
41261 \begin_layout Standard
41262 Modules are explained in section
41263 \begin_inset space ~
41267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41269 reference "sub:Modules"
41276 \begin_layout Section
41280 \begin_layout Standard
41281 The document font settings are described in section
41282 \begin_inset space ~
41286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41288 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
41295 \begin_layout Section
41299 \begin_layout Standard
41300 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
41302 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
41306 \begin_layout Standard
41307 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
41308 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
41309 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
41312 \begin_layout Standard
41313 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
41321 \begin_layout Section
41325 \begin_layout Standard
41326 A description of this menu is given in section
41327 \begin_inset space ~
41331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41333 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
41338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41340 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
41347 \begin_layout Section
41351 \begin_layout Standard
41352 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
41353 \begin_inset space ~
41357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41359 reference "sub:Margins"
41366 \begin_layout Section
41368 \begin_inset Index idx
41371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41372 Language ! Encoding
41380 \begin_layout Standard
41381 The document language and quote styles are set here.
41382 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
41383 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
41384 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
41385 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
41386 known for a particular character).
41390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41391 The known commands are defined in a text file.
41392 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
41397 manual for details.
41405 \begin_layout Standard
41406 If you use the option
41410 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
41411 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
41412 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
41413 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
41414 exactly one encoding.
41415 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
41418 \begin_layout Standard
41419 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
41420 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
41421 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
41422 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
41423 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
41424 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
41429 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
41430 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
41431 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
41432 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
41433 engines to standard LaTeX.
41434 Both engines support Unicode natively.
41435 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
41438 \begin_inset space ~
41445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41457 \begin_inset space ~
41464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41476 \begin_inset space ~
41482 \begin_inset space ~
41486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41488 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
41492 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
41495 \begin_layout Standard
41496 Here is a list with the important encodings:
41499 \begin_layout Description
41501 \begin_inset space ~
41505 \begin_inset space ~
41509 \begin_inset space ~
41516 , but the LaTeX-package
41521 \begin_inset Index idx
41524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41525 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
41531 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
41532 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
41533 languages in TeX code.
41536 \begin_layout Description
41537 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
41538 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
41539 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
41542 \begin_layout Description
41544 \begin_inset space ~
41548 \begin_inset space ~
41551 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
41554 \begin_layout Description
41556 \begin_inset space ~
41560 \begin_inset space ~
41563 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
41566 \begin_layout Description
41568 \begin_inset space ~
41571 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
41574 \begin_layout Description
41576 \begin_inset space ~
41580 \begin_inset space ~
41583 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
41584 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
41587 \begin_layout Description
41589 \begin_inset space ~
41593 \begin_inset space ~
41596 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
41600 \begin_layout Description
41602 \begin_inset space ~
41606 \begin_inset space ~
41609 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
41610 ISO-8859-13 encoding
41613 \begin_layout Description
41615 \begin_inset space ~
41619 \begin_inset space ~
41623 \begin_inset space ~
41626 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
41627 \begin_inset space ~
41633 \begin_layout Description
41635 \begin_inset space ~
41639 \begin_inset space ~
41643 \begin_inset space ~
41646 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
41647 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
41650 \begin_layout Description
41652 \begin_inset space ~
41656 \begin_inset space ~
41659 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
41660 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
41661 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
41662 \begin_inset space ~
41666 \begin_inset space ~
41672 \begin_layout Description
41674 \begin_inset space ~
41678 \begin_inset space ~
41681 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
41682 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
41683 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
41684 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
41685 \begin_inset space ~
41689 \begin_inset space ~
41695 \begin_layout Description
41697 \begin_inset space ~
41701 \begin_inset space ~
41704 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
41707 \begin_layout Description
41709 \begin_inset space ~
41713 \begin_inset space ~
41716 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
41719 \begin_layout Description
41721 \begin_inset space ~
41725 \begin_inset space ~
41728 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
41731 \begin_layout Description
41733 \begin_inset space ~
41736 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
41739 \begin_layout Description
41741 \begin_inset space ~
41744 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
41747 \begin_layout Description
41749 \begin_inset space ~
41753 \begin_inset space ~
41756 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
41759 \begin_layout Description
41761 \begin_inset space ~
41765 \begin_inset space ~
41771 \begin_layout Description
41773 \begin_inset space ~
41777 \begin_inset space ~
41780 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
41783 \begin_layout Description
41785 \begin_inset space ~
41789 \begin_inset space ~
41795 \begin_layout Description
41797 \begin_inset space ~
41801 \begin_inset space ~
41804 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41809 \begin_inset Index idx
41812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41813 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
41818 , when using this, set the document language to
41823 \begin_layout Description
41825 \begin_inset space ~
41829 \begin_inset space ~
41832 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41836 , when using this, set the document language to
41839 \begin_inset space ~
41845 \begin_layout Description
41847 \begin_inset space ~
41851 \begin_inset space ~
41854 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41859 \begin_inset Index idx
41862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41863 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
41868 , when using this, set the document language to
41873 \begin_layout Description
41875 \begin_inset space ~
41879 \begin_inset space ~
41882 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41886 , when using this, set the document language to
41891 \begin_layout Description
41893 \begin_inset space ~
41897 \begin_inset space ~
41900 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41904 , when using this, set the document language to
41909 \begin_layout Description
41911 \begin_inset space ~
41914 (EUC-KR) for Korean
41917 \begin_layout Description
41919 \begin_inset space ~
41923 \begin_inset space ~
41927 \begin_inset space ~
41930 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
41933 \begin_layout Description
41935 \begin_inset space ~
41939 \begin_inset space ~
41943 \begin_inset space ~
41946 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
41947 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
41948 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
41951 \begin_layout Description
41953 \begin_inset space ~
41957 \begin_inset space ~
41963 \begin_layout Description
41965 \begin_inset space ~
41969 \begin_inset space ~
41972 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
41973 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
41976 \begin_layout Description
41978 \begin_inset space ~
41982 \begin_inset space ~
41985 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
41990 \begin_inset Index idx
41993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41994 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
41999 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
42002 \begin_layout Description
42004 \begin_inset space ~
42008 \begin_inset space ~
42011 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
42019 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
42024 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
42026 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
42029 \begin_layout Description
42031 \begin_inset space ~
42035 \begin_inset space ~
42038 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
42043 \begin_inset Index idx
42046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42047 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
42052 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
42055 \begin_layout Description
42057 \begin_inset space ~
42060 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
42065 \begin_inset Index idx
42068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42069 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
42075 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
42079 \begin_layout Description
42081 \begin_inset space ~
42085 \begin_inset space ~
42089 \begin_inset space ~
42092 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
42093 \begin_inset space ~
42099 \begin_layout Description
42101 \begin_inset space ~
42105 \begin_inset space ~
42109 \begin_inset space ~
42112 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
42113 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
42114 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
42118 \begin_layout Description
42120 \begin_inset space ~
42124 \begin_inset space ~
42128 \begin_inset space ~
42131 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
42132 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
42133 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489919
42137 \begin_layout Standard
42139 \change_inserted -712698321 1299575911
42140 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
42143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42144 LatexCommand formatted
42145 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
42149 for more information on the language package.
42154 \begin_layout Section
42158 \begin_layout Standard
42159 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
42160 depth in the table of contents as described in section
42161 \begin_inset space ~
42165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42167 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
42174 \begin_layout Section
42178 \begin_layout Standard
42179 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
42184 \begin_inset Index idx
42187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42188 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
42198 \begin_inset Index idx
42201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42202 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
42207 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
42212 \begin_inset Index idx
42215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42216 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
42221 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
42223 For a further description see section
42224 \begin_inset space ~
42228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42230 reference "sec:Bibliography"
42237 \begin_layout Section
42241 \begin_layout Standard
42242 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
42243 and you can define additional indexes.
42244 Please refer to section
42245 \begin_inset space ~
42249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42251 reference "sec:Index"
42258 \begin_layout Section
42262 \begin_layout Standard
42263 The PDF properties are explained in section
42264 \begin_inset space ~
42268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42270 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
42277 \begin_layout Section
42281 \begin_layout Standard
42282 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
42287 \begin_inset Index idx
42290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42291 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
42301 \begin_inset Index idx
42304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42305 LaTeX-packages ! esint
42310 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
42313 \begin_layout Standard
42318 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
42319 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
42322 \begin_layout Standard
42327 is used for special integral characters.
42330 \begin_layout Section
42334 \begin_layout Standard
42335 The float placement options are described in section
42336 \begin_inset space ~
42340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42342 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
42349 \begin_layout Section
42353 \begin_layout Standard
42354 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
42355 The itemize environment is described in section
42356 \begin_inset space ~
42360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42362 reference "sec:Itemize"
42369 \begin_layout Section
42373 \begin_layout Standard
42374 Branches are described in section
42375 \begin_inset space ~
42379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42381 reference "sec:Branches"
42386 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490648
42390 \begin_layout Section
42392 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490977
42394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42396 name "sec:Doc-Output"
42403 \begin_layout Standard
42405 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490684
42406 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
42409 \begin_layout Description
42411 \change_inserted -712698321 1299575868
42413 \begin_inset space ~
42417 \begin_inset space ~
42420 Format: The format that is used when you hit
42421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42440 View Master Document
42441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42448 Update Master Document
42449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42456 menu or the toolbar.
42457 The default is set in
42459 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42460 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42465 LatexCommand formatted
42466 reference "sec:File-Formats"
42473 \begin_layout Description
42475 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490926
42477 \begin_inset space ~
42481 \begin_inset space ~
42485 \begin_inset Note Note
42488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42490 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490928
42501 \begin_layout Description
42503 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490931
42505 \begin_inset space ~
42509 \begin_inset space ~
42513 \begin_inset Note Note
42516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42518 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490933
42531 \begin_layout Section
42536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42546 \begin_layout Standard
42547 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
42548 to define LaTeX-commands.
42549 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
42550 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
42554 \begin_layout Standard
42555 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
42556 \begin_inset space ~
42560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42562 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
42569 \begin_layout Chapter
42575 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42577 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
42582 \begin_inset Index idx
42585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42594 \begin_layout Standard
42595 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
42597 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42601 It has the following submenus.
42604 \begin_layout Section
42608 \begin_layout Subsection
42612 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42613 User Interface File
42614 \begin_inset Index idx
42617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42618 Customization ! of toolbars
42624 \begin_inset Index idx
42627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42628 Customization ! of menus
42636 \begin_layout Standard
42637 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42645 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
42654 \begin_layout Standard
42655 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
42656 interface (ui) file.
42657 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
42658 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
42667 Both files are loaded by the
42672 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
42673 files and edit the entries.
42676 \begin_layout Standard
42677 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
42689 entries must be ended with an explicit
42714 and in the case of the
42715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42727 The syntax for the entries is:
42730 \begin_layout Standard
42731 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42759 \begin_layout Standard
42761 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42764 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
42766 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42768 \begin_inset space ~
42776 \begin_layout Standard
42777 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42783 \begin_layout Standard
42784 An example: Assuming you use the menu
42786 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42789 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
42793 \begin_layout Standard
42794 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42818 \begin_layout Standard
42820 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42823 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
42826 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42830 \begin_layout Standard
42833 Enable tool tips in main work area
42835 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
42839 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42843 \begin_layout Standard
42847 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42851 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42854 restoring of window layout and geometries
42856 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
42857 in the last LyX session.
42860 \begin_layout Standard
42863 Restore cursor positions
42865 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
42869 \begin_layout Standard
42872 Load opened files from last session
42874 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
42877 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42879 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42881 name "sub:Backup documents"
42886 \begin_inset Index idx
42889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42898 \begin_layout Standard
42903 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
42906 \begin_layout Standard
42911 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
42914 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42916 \begin_inset space ~
42924 \begin_layout Standard
42927 Open documents in tabs
42929 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
42933 \begin_layout Subsection
42935 \begin_inset Index idx
42938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42945 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42947 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
42954 \begin_layout Standard
42955 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
42958 \begin_layout Standard
42959 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42967 This section only deals with the fonts
42972 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
42975 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42976 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42987 \begin_layout Standard
42988 By default, LyX uses
42992 as roman (serif) font,
43000 (depends on the system) as
43003 \begin_inset space ~
43019 \begin_layout Standard
43020 You can change the font size with the
43025 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
43026 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
43029 \begin_layout Standard
43034 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
43035 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
43037 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43040 points have the size of 1
43041 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43045 \begin_inset space ~
43049 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43051 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
43058 \begin_layout Standard
43063 are the same as if a document font size of 10
43064 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43068 The sizes are explained in detail in section
43069 \begin_inset space ~
43073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43075 reference "sub:Document-Font"
43082 \begin_layout Standard
43085 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
43087 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
43088 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
43089 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
43090 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
43092 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
43093 \begin_inset space ~
43099 \begin_layout Subsection
43101 \begin_inset Index idx
43104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43111 \begin_inset Index idx
43114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43123 \begin_layout Standard
43124 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
43125 Choose an item in the list and use the
43132 \begin_layout Subsection
43134 \begin_inset Index idx
43137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43146 \begin_layout Standard
43147 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
43150 \begin_layout Standard
43155 enables previewing snippets of your document.
43156 This feature is described in section
43157 \begin_inset space ~
43161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43163 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
43170 \begin_layout Standard
43174 \begin_inset space ~
43178 \begin_inset space ~
43182 \begin_inset space ~
43187 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
43190 \begin_layout Section
43192 \begin_inset Index idx
43195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43204 \begin_layout Subsection
43208 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43212 \begin_layout Standard
43215 Cursor follows scrollbar
43217 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
43221 \begin_layout Standard
43224 Sort environments alphabetically
43226 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
43229 \begin_layout Standard
43232 Group environments by their category
43234 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
43237 \begin_layout Standard
43238 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
43250 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43254 \begin_layout Standard
43255 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
43260 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
43261 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
43265 \begin_layout Subsection
43267 \begin_inset Index idx
43270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43277 \begin_inset Index idx
43280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43281 Settings ! Shortcuts
43289 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43293 \begin_layout Standard
43294 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
43295 Several binding files are available:
43298 \begin_layout Description
43299 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
43302 \begin_layout Description
43303 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
43314 \begin_layout Description
43315 mac.bind set of bindings for
43318 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43326 \begin_layout Standard
43327 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
43331 , and bind files for special languages.
43332 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
43333 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43337 \begin_inset space \space{}
43341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43345 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43349 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
43353 \begin_layout Standard
43354 Some bind-files, like
43358 , have only a small scope.
43359 When looking at the end of the file
43363 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
43366 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43368 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43370 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
43375 \begin_inset Index idx
43378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43379 Key Bindings ! Editing
43387 \begin_layout Standard
43388 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
43389 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
43390 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
43393 Show key-bindings containing
43396 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
43397 Insert there for example as keyword
43398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43405 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
43407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43415 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
43416 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
43420 that you will find in the
43427 \begin_layout Standard
43429 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43433 \begin_inset space \space{}
43444 , select the function and press the
43449 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
43450 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
43451 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
43452 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
43453 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
43455 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
43457 The binding for the function
43461 is an example of this.
43464 \begin_layout Standard
43465 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
43467 The syntax of the entries is:
43470 \begin_layout Standard
43476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43494 \begin_layout Subsection
43496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43498 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
43503 \begin_inset Index idx
43506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43513 \begin_inset Index idx
43516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43517 Settings ! Keyboard Map
43525 \begin_layout Standard
43526 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
43527 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
43529 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43533 \begin_inset space \space{}
43536 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
43537 can use the keyboard map file named
43544 \begin_layout Standard
43545 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43553 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
43561 \begin_layout Standard
43562 Besides this, you can specify here the
43564 Wheel scrolling speed
43567 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
43571 \begin_layout Subsection
43573 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43575 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
43580 \begin_inset Index idx
43583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43592 \begin_layout Standard
43593 Input completion is described in sec.
43594 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43600 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
43605 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
43607 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
43608 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
43612 \begin_layout Section
43614 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43621 \begin_inset Index idx
43624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43631 \begin_inset Index idx
43634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43643 \begin_layout Description
43645 \begin_inset space ~
43648 directory This is LyX's working directory.
43649 It is the default when you
43660 \begin_inset space ~
43668 \begin_layout Description
43670 \begin_inset space ~
43673 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
43675 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43677 \begin_inset space ~
43681 \begin_inset space ~
43689 \begin_layout Description
43691 \begin_inset space ~
43694 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
43700 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43704 \begin_inset Newline newline
43708 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43720 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
43728 \begin_layout Description
43730 \begin_inset space ~
43734 \begin_inset Index idx
43737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43743 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
43744 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
43745 \begin_inset space ~
43749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43751 reference "sub:Backup documents"
43759 will be used to save the backups.
43760 \begin_inset Newline newline
43763 The backup files have the ending
43764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43774 \begin_layout Description
43779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43786 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
43787 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
43788 \begin_inset Newline newline
43792 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43800 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
43808 \begin_layout Description
43810 \begin_inset space ~
43813 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
43816 \begin_layout Description
43818 \begin_inset space ~
43821 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
43822 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
43823 to find it on the system.
43824 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
43825 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
43827 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43831 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43834 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
43835 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
43839 \begin_layout Section
43843 \begin_layout Standard
43844 Here you can insert your name and email address.
43845 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
43847 \begin_inset space ~
43851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43853 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43857 , to mark changes you make as yours.
43860 \begin_layout Section
43862 \begin_inset Index idx
43865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43866 Language ! Settings
43872 \begin_inset Index idx
43875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43876 Settings ! Language
43884 \begin_layout Subsection
43886 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489311
43888 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43890 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
43899 \begin_layout Description
43901 \begin_inset space ~
43905 \begin_inset space ~
43908 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
43909 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
43910 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
43911 You find the actual translation status here:
43912 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43914 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
43915 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
43922 \begin_layout Description
43924 \begin_inset space ~
43927 language is the language used in new documents
43930 \begin_layout Description
43932 \begin_inset space ~
43936 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488193
43938 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488196
43940 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488202
43941 LaTeX-command to load a
43942 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488203
43946 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488206
43948 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488206
43952 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488213
43954 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488217
43955 should be loaded to
43958 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488219
43962 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488496
43964 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
43965 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
43966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43985 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488237
43986 default is the LaTeX-command
43993 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488356
43994 most widespread language
43997 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488356
44003 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488633
44006 , it's the default language package in classic LaTeX.
44007 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
44008 with an alternative language package (
44012 ) that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
44013 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
44015 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488271
44020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44021 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
44022 \begin_inset space ~
44026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44028 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
44040 \begin_inset Newline newline
44044 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488707
44045 The available selections are:
44049 \begin_layout Itemize
44052 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488784
44061 Selects the most appropriate language package for the current typesetting
44065 \begin_layout Itemize
44068 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488874
44073 Uses always babel, even if another package (such as polyglossia) would have
44074 been preferred by automatic setting; this essentially allows to select
44075 babel instead of polyglossia with XeTeX and LuaTeX
44078 \begin_layout Itemize
44081 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488983
44086 Lets you load some other language package (via
44099 \begin_layout Itemize
44102 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488998
44107 Loads no language package at all
44108 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488523
44113 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
44114 to the document language.
44115 A text label is, for instance, the word
44116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44123 at the beginning of every table caption.
44129 \begin_layout Description
44131 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489281
44133 \begin_inset space ~
44137 \begin_inset space ~
44140 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
44144 \begin_layout Description
44146 \begin_inset space ~
44149 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
44150 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
44151 An example is the start command
44157 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
44162 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44177 selectlanguage{$$lang}
44182 \begin_layout Description
44184 \begin_inset space ~
44192 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
44193 command toggles the package on and off.
44196 \begin_layout Description
44198 \change_deleted -712698321 1299489034
44200 \begin_inset space ~
44212 \begin_layout Description
44214 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489068
44216 \begin_inset space ~
44220 \begin_inset space ~
44224 \change_deleted -712698321 1299489066
44226 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489071
44230 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489073
44233 When this option is set, the languages used in the document will be added
44234 as options to the document class options, so that they can be used by all
44236 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
44243 \begin_layout Description
44245 \begin_inset space ~
44248 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
44250 When this option is not set, the
44253 \begin_inset space ~
44258 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
44259 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
44262 \begin_inset space ~
44270 \begin_layout Description
44272 \begin_inset space ~
44278 \begin_inset space ~
44284 When it is not set, the
44287 \begin_inset space ~
44292 is set to the end of the document.
44295 \begin_layout Description
44297 \begin_inset space ~
44301 \begin_inset space ~
44304 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
44305 language will be underlined blue.
44308 \begin_layout Description
44310 \begin_inset space ~
44314 \begin_inset space ~
44317 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
44318 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
44321 \begin_layout Description
44323 \begin_inset space ~
44326 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
44327 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
44328 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
44329 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
44332 \begin_layout Subsection
44336 \begin_layout Standard
44337 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
44338 \begin_inset space ~
44342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44344 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
44351 \begin_layout Section
44355 \begin_layout Subsection
44357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44364 \begin_inset Index idx
44367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44374 \begin_inset Index idx
44377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44386 \begin_layout Description
44388 \begin_inset space ~
44391 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
44392 The name will be used when the
44397 \begin_inset Newline newline
44401 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44409 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
44417 \begin_layout Description
44419 \begin_inset space ~
44423 \begin_inset space ~
44427 \begin_inset space ~
44430 printer This option works only for the
44435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44447 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
44448 This is an option only for dvips experts.
44451 \begin_layout Description
44453 \begin_inset space ~
44456 command is the command LyX
44457 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44461 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44464 LaTeX uses for printing.
44465 The default is on most systems
44472 \begin_layout Description
44474 \begin_inset space ~
44478 \begin_inset space ~
44481 Options Here you can specify printer options.
44482 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
44483 of the program that provides the
44490 \begin_layout Subsection
44492 \begin_inset Index idx
44495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44502 \begin_inset Index idx
44505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44506 Settings ! Date format
44514 \begin_layout Standard
44515 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
44516 \begin_inset Newline newline
44520 \begin_inset Flex URL
44523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44525 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
44531 \begin_inset Newline newline
44534 For example the format
44535 \begin_inset Newline newline
44539 \begin_inset Newline newline
44542 prints the date as day/month/year.
44545 \begin_layout Subsection
44549 \begin_layout Description
44551 \begin_inset space ~
44555 \begin_inset space ~
44558 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
44561 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44562 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44564 \begin_inset space ~
44570 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
44574 \begin_layout Description
44576 \begin_inset space ~
44579 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
44584 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
44585 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
44588 \begin_layout Subsection
44593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44601 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44603 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
44608 \begin_inset Index idx
44611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44620 \begin_layout Description
44622 \begin_inset space ~
44629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44637 \begin_inset space ~
44641 \begin_inset space ~
44644 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
44649 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
44671 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
44672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44684 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
44685 LyX sets up in the background.
44686 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
44689 \begin_layout Description
44691 \begin_inset space ~
44695 \begin_inset space ~
44698 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
44703 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
44706 \begin_layout Standard
44707 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
44708 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
44709 manuals of the applications.
44710 Currently the following commands can be set:
44713 \begin_layout Description
44718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44726 \begin_inset space ~
44729 command Command for the program
44733 that is described in the section
44739 Additional Features
44744 \begin_layout Description
44749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44757 \begin_inset space ~
44760 command Command for the program
44764 that generates the bibliography, see section
44765 \begin_inset space ~
44769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44771 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
44778 \begin_layout Description
44780 \begin_inset space ~
44783 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
44784 \begin_inset space ~
44788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44790 reference "sub:Index-Program"
44797 \begin_layout Description
44799 \begin_inset space ~
44802 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
44803 \begin_inset space ~
44807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44809 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
44816 \begin_layout Description
44818 \begin_inset space ~
44822 \begin_inset space ~
44826 \begin_inset space ~
44830 \begin_inset space ~
44833 options They only have an effect when the program
44837 is used as DVI-viewer.
44840 \begin_layout Standard
44841 There are additionally the following options:
44844 \begin_layout Description
44846 \begin_inset space ~
44850 \begin_inset space ~
44854 \begin_inset space ~
44858 \begin_inset space ~
44862 \begin_inset space ~
44865 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
44866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44883 to separate folders.
44884 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
44885 \begin_inset Index idx
44888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44895 \begin_inset Index idx
44898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44907 \begin_layout Description
44909 \begin_inset space ~
44913 \begin_inset space ~
44917 \begin_inset space ~
44921 \begin_inset space ~
44925 \begin_inset space ~
44929 \begin_inset space ~
44932 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
44934 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44937 dialog when changing the document class.
44940 \begin_layout Section
44942 \begin_inset space ~
44946 \begin_inset Index idx
44949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44958 \begin_layout Subsection
44960 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44962 name "sub:Converters"
44967 \begin_inset Index idx
44970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44979 \begin_layout Standard
44980 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
44981 from one format to another.
44982 You can modify them or create new ones.
44983 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
44990 \begin_inset space ~
45000 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
45004 \begin_inset space ~
45009 drop-down list, modify the
45013 field, and press the
45020 \begin_layout Standard
45023 Converter File Cache
45025 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
45028 Maximum Age (in days
45031 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
45032 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
45035 \begin_layout Standard
45036 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
45037 the converter definition, is described in the section
45048 \begin_layout Subsection
45050 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45052 name "sec:File-Formats"
45057 \begin_inset Index idx
45060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45067 \begin_inset Index idx
45070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45079 \begin_layout Standard
45080 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
45081 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
45083 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490494
45087 \begin_layout Standard
45089 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490573
45090 Furthermore, you can define the
45091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45094 Default output format
45095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45098 that is used when you hit
45099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45118 View Master Document
45119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45126 Update Master Document
45127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45130 in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
45135 \begin_layout Standard
45136 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
45137 is described in the section
45148 \begin_layout Standard
45149 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
45150 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
45151 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
45152 This is done by specifying a
45157 More about this is described in the section
45168 \begin_layout Chapter
45169 Units available in LyX
45170 \begin_inset Index idx
45173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45180 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45182 name "cha:Units-available-in"
45189 \begin_layout Standard
45190 To understand the units described in this documentation,
45191 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45193 reference "cap:Units"
45197 explains all units available in LyX.
45200 \begin_layout Standard
45201 \begin_inset Float table
45207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45208 \begin_inset Caption
45210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45211 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45226 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45234 \begin_inset Tabular
45235 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
45236 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
45237 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
45238 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
45240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45334 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45338 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45362 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45366 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45389 scaled point (65536
45390 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45394 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45422 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45446 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45450 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
45454 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45478 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45482 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45505 % of original image width
45512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45694 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45698 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45719 \begin_layout Chapter
45721 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45730 \begin_layout Standard
45731 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
45732 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
45735 \begin_layout Itemize
45738 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
45741 \begin_layout Itemize
45747 \begin_layout Itemize
45753 \begin_layout Itemize
45759 \begin_layout Itemize
45765 \begin_layout Itemize
45771 \begin_layout Itemize
45777 \begin_layout Itemize
45783 \begin_layout Itemize
45786 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
45789 \begin_layout Itemize
45795 \begin_layout Itemize
45801 \begin_layout Itemize
45807 \begin_layout Itemize
45813 \begin_layout Itemize
45819 \begin_layout Itemize
45825 \begin_layout Itemize
45831 \begin_layout Itemize
45837 \begin_layout Itemize
45839 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
45848 \begin_layout Standard
45849 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
45852 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
45859 \begin_layout Bibliography
45860 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45861 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45862 LatexCommand bibitem
45869 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45872 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
45877 \begin_inset Newline newline
45881 \begin_inset Flex URL
45884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45886 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
45894 \begin_layout Bibliography
45895 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45896 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45897 LatexCommand bibitem
45898 key "latexcompanion"
45902 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
45904 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
45907 Addison-Wesley, 2004
45910 \begin_layout Bibliography
45911 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45912 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45913 LatexCommand bibitem
45918 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
45921 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
45924 Addison-Wesley, 2003
45927 \begin_layout Bibliography
45928 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45929 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45930 LatexCommand bibitem
45937 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
45940 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
45943 \begin_layout Bibliography
45944 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45945 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45946 LatexCommand bibitem
45958 Addison-Wesley, 1984
45961 \begin_layout Bibliography
45962 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45963 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45964 LatexCommand bibitem
45970 \begin_inset Newline newline
45974 \begin_inset Flex URL
45977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45979 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
45987 \begin_layout Bibliography
45988 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45989 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45990 LatexCommand bibitem
45996 \begin_inset Newline newline
46000 \begin_inset Flex URL
46003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46005 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
46013 \begin_layout Bibliography
46014 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46015 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46016 LatexCommand bibitem
46022 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46024 name "Documentation"
46025 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
46034 \begin_inset Newline newline
46038 \begin_inset Flex URL
46041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46043 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
46051 \begin_layout Bibliography
46052 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46053 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46054 LatexCommand bibitem
46060 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46062 name "Documentation"
46063 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
46067 how to use the program
46072 \begin_inset Newline newline
46076 \begin_inset Flex URL
46079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46081 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
46089 \begin_layout Bibliography
46090 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46091 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46092 LatexCommand bibitem
46098 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46100 name "Documentation"
46101 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
46110 \begin_inset Newline newline
46114 \begin_inset Flex URL
46117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46119 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
46127 \begin_layout Bibliography
46128 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46129 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46130 LatexCommand bibitem
46136 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46138 name "Documentation"
46139 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
46148 \begin_inset Newline newline
46152 \begin_inset Flex URL
46155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46157 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
46165 \begin_layout Bibliography
46166 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46167 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46168 LatexCommand bibitem
46174 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46176 name "Documentation"
46177 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
46181 of the LaTeX-package
46186 \begin_inset Index idx
46189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46190 LaTeX-packages ! caption
46196 \begin_inset Newline newline
46200 \begin_inset Flex URL
46203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46205 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
46213 \begin_layout Bibliography
46214 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46215 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46216 LatexCommand bibitem
46222 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46224 name "Documentation"
46225 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
46229 of the LaTeX-package
46234 \begin_inset Index idx
46237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46238 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
46244 \begin_inset Newline newline
46248 \begin_inset Flex URL
46251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46253 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
46261 \begin_layout Bibliography
46262 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46263 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46264 LatexCommand bibitem
46272 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46274 name "Documentation"
46275 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
46281 of the LaTeX-package
46286 \begin_inset Index idx
46289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46290 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
46296 \begin_inset Newline newline
46300 \begin_inset Flex URL
46303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46305 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
46313 \begin_layout Bibliography
46314 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46315 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46316 LatexCommand bibitem
46322 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46324 name "Documentation"
46325 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
46329 of the LaTeX-package
46334 \begin_inset Index idx
46337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46338 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
46344 \begin_inset Newline newline
46348 \begin_inset Flex URL
46351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46353 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
46361 \begin_layout Bibliography
46362 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46363 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46364 LatexCommand bibitem
46370 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46372 name "Documentation"
46373 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
46377 of the LaTeX-package
46382 \begin_inset Index idx
46385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46386 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
46392 \begin_inset Newline newline
46396 \begin_inset Flex URL
46399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46401 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
46409 \begin_layout Bibliography
46410 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46411 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46412 LatexCommand bibitem
46418 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46420 name "Documentation"
46421 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
46425 of the LaTeX-package
46430 \begin_inset Index idx
46433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46434 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
46440 \begin_inset Newline newline
46444 \begin_inset Flex URL
46447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46449 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
46457 \begin_layout Bibliography
46458 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46459 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46460 LatexCommand bibitem
46466 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46469 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
46473 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
46474 \begin_inset Newline newline
46478 \begin_inset Flex URL
46481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46483 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
46491 \begin_layout Bibliography
46492 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46493 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46494 LatexCommand bibitem
46500 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46503 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
46507 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
46508 \begin_inset Newline newline
46512 \begin_inset Flex URL
46515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46517 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
46525 \begin_layout Bibliography
46526 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46527 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46528 LatexCommand bibitem
46534 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46537 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
46541 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
46542 \begin_inset Newline newline
46546 \begin_inset Flex URL
46549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46551 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
46559 \begin_layout Bibliography
46560 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46561 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46562 LatexCommand bibitem
46568 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46571 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
46575 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
46576 \begin_inset Newline newline
46580 \begin_inset Flex URL
46583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46585 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
46593 \begin_layout Bibliography
46594 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46595 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46596 LatexCommand bibitem
46602 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46605 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
46609 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
46610 \begin_inset Newline newline
46614 \begin_inset Flex URL
46617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46619 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
46627 \begin_layout Bibliography
46628 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46629 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46630 LatexCommand bibitem
46636 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46639 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
46643 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
46644 \begin_inset Newline newline
46648 \begin_inset Flex URL
46651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46653 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
46661 \begin_layout Bibliography
46662 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46663 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46664 LatexCommand bibitem
46670 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46673 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
46677 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
46678 \begin_inset Newline newline
46682 \begin_inset Flex URL
46685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46687 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
46695 \begin_layout Bibliography
46696 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46697 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46698 LatexCommand bibitem
46704 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46707 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
46711 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
46712 \begin_inset Newline newline
46716 \begin_inset Flex URL
46719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46721 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
46729 \begin_layout Bibliography
46730 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46731 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46732 LatexCommand bibitem
46738 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46741 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
46745 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
46746 \begin_inset Newline newline
46750 \begin_inset Flex URL
46753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46755 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
46763 \begin_layout Bibliography
46764 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46765 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46766 LatexCommand bibitem
46772 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46775 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
46779 about new features in
46784 \begin_inset Newline newline
46788 \begin_inset Flex URL
46791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46793 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
46801 \begin_layout Standard
46802 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
46809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46836 \begin_inset Note Note
46839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46846 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
46847 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
46848 bibliography is the second one:
46856 \begin_layout Standard
46857 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
46858 LatexCommand bibtex
46859 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
46860 options "biblio/alphadin"
46867 \begin_layout Standard
46868 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
46871 \begin_layout Standard
46872 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
46873 LatexCommand printnomenclature
46879 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
46880 LatexCommand printindex